Page 1 SERVICE MANUAL 2004 300M, CONCORDE AND INTREPID To order the special service tools used and illustrated, please refer to the instructions on inside back cover. NO PART OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE REPRODUCED, STORED RETRIEVAL SYSTEM, OR TRANSMITTED, IN ANY FORM OR BY ANY MEANS, ELECTRONIC, MECHANICAL, PHOTOCOPYING, RECORDING, OR OTHERWISE, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION...
Page 2 FOREWORD The information contained in this service manual has been prepared for the professional automotive tech- nician involved in daily repair operations. Information describing the operation and use of standard and optional equipment is included in the Owner’s Manual provided with the vehicle. Information in this manual is divided into groups.
Page 3: Table Of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ............1 SYSTEM COVERAGE .
Page 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued 3.12 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM ......14 3.12.1 TRAINING THE EVIC ........14 3.12.2 PRESSURE THRESHOLDS .
Page 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN .........36 DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT .
Page 6 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued POWER AMP SHUTDOWN ..........107 REMOTE RADIO SWITCH OPEN .
Page 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND ....187 DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK IN HIGH STATE ....189 DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK IN LOW STATE .
Page 8 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE ........264 BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY .
Page 9 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *PRND3L INDICATOR MALFUNCTION ........379 *SEAT BELT INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY .
Page 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK ........448 RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH .
Page 11 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING LF SENSOR BATTERY LOW ..........517 LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE .
Page 12 8.6.1 CHRYSLER (TYPICAL)........567 8.6.2 DECKLID AJAR SWITCH .
Page 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued C310..............581 C310.
Page 14 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (PREMIUM) ....... . .597 LEFT REAR SHELF SPEAKER .
Page 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued 10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS..........617 10.1 AIRBAG SYSTEMS.
Page 16 NOTES...
Page 17: Introduction
• Speed Proportional Steering • Vehicle Communications This diagnostic procedures manual covers all • Vehicle Theft Security System 2003 Chrysler Concorde, Dodge Intrepid, Chrysler • Wiper/Washer LHS and 300M models. 1.2 SIX STEP TROUBLESHOOTING 3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND PROCEDURE FUNCTIONAL OPERATION...
Page 18: Airbag System
GENERAL INFORMATION tion about the operation of vehicle components and impact sensor is an accelerometer that senses the rate of vehicle deceleration, which provides verifi- circuits is relayed quickly to the appropriate mod- ule(s). All modules receive all the information trans- cation of the direction and severity of an impact.
Page 19: Clockspring
EXCEEDING 93°C (200°F). REPLACE AIRBAG HEAVY METALS MAY PRODUCE HARMFUL SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS AND IRRITATING GASES (SODIUM HY- SPECIFIED IN THE CHRYSLER MOPAR DROXIDE IS FORMED IN THE PRESENCE PARTS CATALOG. SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY OF MOISTURE) OR COMBUSTIBLE COM-...
Page 20: Seat Airbag
The diagnos- AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY tic test procedures contain step-by-step instructions WITH PARTS SPECIFIED IN THE CHRYSLER for determining the cause of the trouble codes. It is MOPAR PARTS CATALOG. SUBSTITUTE not necessary to perform all of the tests in this book PARTS MAY APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE, to diagnose an individual code.
Page 21: Stored Codes
GENERAL INFORMATION an active code; active codes automatically erase by 3.2 AUDIO SYSTEM themselves when the reason for the code has been corrected. There are radio systems available that communi- With the exception of the warning lamp trouble cate on the PCI bus. They use the bus for three codes or malfunctions, when a malfunction is de- reasons.
Page 22: Body Control Module
GENERAL INFORMATION new cartridge-less CD-changer is controlled by your Automatic headlamp and fog lamp radio, and allows you to individually load up to four A/C switch status/evaporator temperature status discs at one time. However, due to its compact BCM diagnostic support design, the CD-changer can only carry out one Central lock and unlock (VTSS only) operation at a time.
Page 23 GENERAL INFORMATION FEATURE DEFAULT PROGRAMMING METHOD FEEDBACK Rolling Door Enabled Close all doors BCM provides a single Locks chime to indicate comple- tion of the programming Place vehicle key in the ignition and cycle between off and run four times ending in the off position Customer depresses the driver power door lock switch to lock the doors...
Page 24: Chime System
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.4 CHIME SYSTEM rear defogger switch, A/C switch and the mode setting is supplied via a resistive multiplexed cir- cuit. The system on/off status is supplied by a The chime system is comprised of an audible dedicated circuit. The BCM drives the A/C and rear chime located internal to the BCM;...
Page 25: Rear Window Defogger
GENERAL INFORMATION clude screws dropped in the HVAC unit or warped 3.8 INTERIOR LIGHTING doors. Replace any part that is found defective. 3.6.4 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER 3.8.1 COURTESY LAMP CONTROL When the BCM receives a rear defogger request The body controller has direct control over the from the climate control head (either ATC or man- majority of the vehicle’s courtesy lamps.
Page 26: Memory System
GENERAL INFORMATION the gauges, turn on the indicator lights along with For safety, the memory seat recall is disabled by the odometer and PRNDL segments. the MHSMM when the vehicle is out of park posi- tion. Any obstruction to seat movement over a 2 3.10 MEMORY SYSTEM second delay will cause the seat to stop moving in which case a stalled motor would be detected by the...
Page 27: Heated Seats
GENERAL INFORMATION The power mirror switch during non-memory Both the CMTC and EVIC function buttons are operation operates the mirror(s) independently of labeled C/T, RESET, STEP, and MENU. The three the MHSMM. UGDO buttons are labeled with dots to indicate the channel number.
Page 28: Traveler Display Functions
GENERAL INFORMATION • Driver warning messages A reset will only occur if one of the trip functions that may be reset is currently being displayed. The CMTC/EVIC receives the following messages Pressing the RESET button for more than three (3) from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM): seconds resets the Distance to Service function •...
Page 29: Setting Magnetic Zone Variance
GENERAL INFORMATION Fast Auto-Cal can also be performed manually, by To enter the compass into Manual Calibration pressing and holding the RESET button for 10 mode, perform the following steps: seconds during the Compass/Temperature display • Drive the vehicle to an area away from any large mode.
Page 30: Ambient Temperature Sensor
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.11.5 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR • 20° C (68° F) Sensor Resistance = 11.37 - 13.61 Kilohms The ambient air temperature is monitored by the • 25° C (77° F) Sensor Resistance = 9.12 - 10.86 PCM and displayed by the CMTC/EVIC. The PCM Kilohms receives a hardwire input from the ambient temper- ature sensor (ATS).
Page 31: Pressure Thresholds
GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Locate ‘‘RETRAIN TIRE SENSORS’’ on the Once training is complete, the EVIC can deter- EVIC menu. mine when the spare wheel has been mounted on When this mode is enabled by selecting ‘‘YES’’, the vehicle. The spare wheel sensor/transmitter is the EVIC will initiate the following procedure.
Page 32: System Faults
GENERAL INFORMATION pressure threshold is exceeded while the ignition is sensor transmit intervals, which wheels are OFF, the alert will be delayed 8-10 seconds after mounted and which one is now the spare. The spare ignition ON. tire sensor/transmitter transmits once per hour. The sensor/transmitters in the mounted wheels NOTE: The spare tire is only monitored when transmit once per minute when the vehicle is mov-...
Page 33: System Test
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.12.9 SYSTEM TEST the lock button when the transmitter is within range. An external antenna has been added which A test of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System can plugs into the module to provide greater range. be initiated in the EVIC. The test sequence is as RKE will also turn on the interior lamps when a follows: valid unlock command is received and will extin-...
Page 34: Vehicle Communication
GENERAL INFORMATION Modulated (PWM) output signal. The desired duty identified as D25. The modules are wired in paral- cycle of the PWM is selected from a calibration table lel. Connections are made through the BCM. The internal to the Body Control Module (BCM). BCM acts as a splice to connect each module and To obtain the desired solenoid current the duty the Data Link Connector (DLC) together.
Page 35 GENERAL INFORMATION • No start (if equipped with Sentry Key Immobi- lizer) Symptoms of Individual module failure could include any one or more of the above. The difference would be that at least one or more modules would respond to the DRBIII . Diagnosis starts with symptom identification.
Page 36: Bus Failure Message
GENERAL INFORMATION cation with the PCM or loss of trunk knock out NOTE: For 2003 model year, some vehicles switch. When something triggers the alarm, the will integrate Transmission Control system will signal the headlamps, park lamps, and Module and Powertrain Control Module into a horn for about 3 minutes.
Page 37: System Features
GENERAL INFORMATION input signal from the wiper stalk switch, wiper ver:2.14 motor park switch, and the washer switch to control date: 26 Jul 93 the wipe system. The Body Control Module (BCM) file: key_iff.cc then controls the relays and timing functions to date: Jul26 1993 provide the driver selected features.
Page 38: Safety
GENERAL INFORMATION information available at the time of publication. 4.2.4 DRBIII SAFETY INFORMATION The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. WARNING: EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE DRBIII MULTIMETER IS DANGEROUS. IT 4.2 SAFETY EXPOSE SERIUOS POSSIBLY FATAL INJURY.
Page 39: Warnings
GENERAL INFORMATION 4.3 WARNINGS ASDM airbag system diagnostic module (ACM) automatic temperature control 4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WRANINGS body control module Before disconnecting any control module, make controller antilock brake sure the ignition is ‘‘off ’’. Failure to do so could damage the module.
Page 40 GENERAL INFORMATION tire pressure monitor VTSS vehicle theft security system vacuum fluorescent display...
Page 41: Diagnostic Information And Procedures
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES...
Page 42: Accelerometer 1
AIRBAG Symptom List: ACCELEROMETER 1 ACCELEROMETER 2 INTERNAL 1 INTERNAL 2 OUTPUT DRIVER 1 OUTPUT DRIVER 2 STORED ENERGY FIRING 1 Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be INTERNAL MODULE TEST. When Monitored and Set Condition: ACCELEROMETER 1 When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously...
Page 43 AIRBAG INTERNAL MODULE TEST — Continued STORED ENERGY FIRING 1 When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the ACM identifies an out of range internal circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - ACM LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - LSIACM...
Page 44: Airbag Warning Indicator Open
AIRBAG Symptom List: AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR TEST. When Monitored and Set Condition: AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN When Monitored: With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status.
Page 45 AIRBAG AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR TEST — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , ensure PCI Bus communications with the Instrument Cluster. Is the Instrument Cluster communicating on the PCI Bus? Yes → Go To 3 → Refer to category COMMUNICATION CATEGORY and select the related symptom INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN.
Page 46: Calibration Mismatch
AIRBAG Symptom: CALIBRATION MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition: CALIBRATION MISMATCH When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the VIN message containing the body style. Note: The VIN message should match the vehicle VIN plate. Set Condition: If the Body style stored in ACM does not exactly match the vehicle body style indicated by the PCM for 2 consecutive VIN messages, then the fault shall be set.
Page 47 AIRBAG CALIBRATION MISMATCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB select ENGINE MISCELLANEOUS, select MISC FUNCTION, and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 48: Cluster Message Mismatch
AIRBAG Symptom: CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition: CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored: After the MIC bulb test is completed, the ACM compares the Lamp Request by ACM, On or Off, and the Lamp on by MIC, On or Off, PCI Bus messages. Each message is transmitted one time per second or when a change in the lamp state occur.
Page 49 AIRBAG CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG, MONITOR DISPLAY and WARNING LAMP STATUS. Cycle the ignition key and observe the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors after the 6 to 8 second indicator test. Does the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors match? Go To 4 Replace Mechanical Instrument Cluster.
Page 50: Configuration Error
AIRBAG Symptom: CONFIGURATION ERROR When Monitored and Set Condition: CONFIGURATION ERROR When Monitored: With ignition on the Side Impact Airbag Control Module monitors the unused squib terminals for the a valid squib circuit resistance. Set Condition: When the SIACM detects a valid squib circuit resistance across the unused terminals.
Page 51 AIRBAG CONFIGURATION ERROR — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Left SIACM connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Left SIACM connector wiring.
Page 52: Driver Squib 1 Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1 circuits.
Page 53 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 54 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Page 55: Driver Squib 1 Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT...
Page 56 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Clockspring connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Page 57: Driver Squib 1 Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY...
Page 58 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 59 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Page 60: Driver Squib 1 Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected a short to ground in the Driver Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND...
Page 61 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 62 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Page 63: Interrogate Left Siacm
AIRBAG Symptom: INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a Left SIACM status message containing the airbag warning lamp On or OFF request. The status message is sent to the ACM once each second or upon any change in the active DTCs.
Page 64 AIRBAG INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.
Page 65: Interrogate Right Siacm
AIRBAG Symptom: INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a Right SIACM status message containing the airbag warning indicator On - OFF request. The status message is sent to the ACM once each second or upon any change in the active DTCs.
Page 66 AIRBAG INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.
Page 67: Loss Of Ignition Run - Start
AIRBAG Symptom: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START When Monitored: With the ignition in the Run or Start position the module monitors the Run - Start circuit for proper system voltage. Set Condition: The code will set, if the voltage on the Run - Start circuit drops below approximately 6.0 volts for the ACM or 6.7 volts for the SIACM.
Page 68 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Remove and inspect the Airbag Run-Start Fuse. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Is the Fuse open? Yes → Go To 3 →...
Page 69 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Page 70: Loss Of Ignition Run Only
AIRBAG Symptom: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY When Monitored: With the ignition in the run position the module monitors the Run Only circuit for proper system voltage. Set Condition: If the voltage on the Run Only circuit drops below 6.0 volts, the code will set.
Page 71 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Airbag Run fuse. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit between the Run Fuse and ground. Is the resistance below 10.0 ohms ? Yes →...
Page 72 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.
Page 73: Module Not Configured For Sab
AIRBAG Symptom: MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB When Monitored and Set Condition: MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB When Monitored: With ignition on, the ORC monitors the PCI Bus for a message containing an A in the 4 th position of the VIN. This character identifies the type of safety equipment and should match the VIN.
Page 74 AIRBAG MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 75: No Cluster Message
AIRBAG Symptom: NO CLUSTER MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO CLUSTER MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. The MIC transmits the message one time at ignition on, lamp state change, or in response to the ACM message.
Page 76 AIRBAG NO CLUSTER MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.
Page 77: No Left Siacm Message
AIRBAG Symptom: NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module status message. The Left SIACM transmits the status message to the ACM at 1 - second intervals.
Page 78 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Page 79: No Odometer Message
AIRBAG Symptom: NO ODOMETER MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO ODOMETER MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Odometer message from the Body Control Module. The PCM transmits the odometer message at 1 second intervals.
Page 80 AIRBAG NO ODOMETER MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB select ENGINE, MISCELLANEOUS, SELECT MISC FUNCTION, and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 81: No Pci Transmission
AIRBAG Symptom: NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored: With the ignition on and the module transmitting information on the PCI BUS. Set Condition: The code will set if the onboard diagnostic cannot detect the module transmitting information on the PCI BUS for 4 consecutive seconds.
Page 82 AIRBAG NO PCI TRANSMISSION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. IF THE MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. Turn the ignition on. From the list below, select the appropriate module and DTC type for the this diagnostic trouble code.
Page 83 AIRBAG NO PCI TRANSMISSION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system.
Page 84: No Right Siacm Message
AIRBAG Symptom: NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module status message. The Right SIACM transmits the status message to the ACM at 1 - second intervals.
Page 85 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.
Page 86: Passenger Squib 1 Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: When the ignition is On, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.
Page 87 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 88 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Page 89: Passenger Squib 1 Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance in the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2...
Page 90 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adapter to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 91: Passenger Squib 1 Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected high voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY...
Page 92 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 93: Passenger Squib 1 Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits for low resistance. Set Condition: The ACM has detected a short to ground in the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.
Page 94 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors - Clean repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 95: Seat Squib Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition is On, the SIACM monitors the resistance of the Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the SIACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Seat Squib circuits.
Page 96 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD- DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 97 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Page 98: Seat Squib Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the SIACM monitors the resistance between the Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the SIACM detects a low resistance between the Seat Squib circuits.
Page 99 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD- DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 100 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Page 101: Seat Squib Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the SIACM monitors the voltage of the Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the SIACM detects high voltage on the Seat Squib circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT AIRBAG SHORT TO BATTERY SEAT SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO BATTERY...
Page 102 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD- DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 103 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Page 104: Seat Squib Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the SIACM monitors the resistance of the Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the SIACM detects a short to ground on the Seat Squib circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT AIRBAG SHORT TO GROUND SEAT SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 105 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD- DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 106 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Page 107: Vehicle Body Style Unknown
AIRBAG Symptom: VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN When Monitored and Set Condition: VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the VIN message containing the vehicle body style from the Powertrain Control Module. The PCM transmits the VIN message every 14 seconds.
Page 108 AIRBAG VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB select ENGINE, MISCELLANEOUS, SELECT MISC FUNCTION, and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 109: Airbag Indicator On Without Acm Trouble Codes
AIRBAG Symptom: *AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACM TROUBLE CODES POSSIBLE CAUSES AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACM TROUBLE CODES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PROBLEMS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Make sure that all active DTC’s have been repaired before performing this procedure. With the DRBIII select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG, MONITOR DISPLAY, WARNING LAMP STATUS and read the WARNING LAMP STATUS.
Page 110: All Outputs Short
AUDIO Symptom: ALL OUTPUTS SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: ALL OUTPUTS SHORT When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT SPEAKER SECTION OF POWER AMPLIFIER (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 111 AUDIO ALL OUTPUTS SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Power Amplifier C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (+) circuit in the Radio C1 connector.
Page 112: Cassette Player Inop
AUDIO Symptom List: CASSETTE PLAYER INOP CD MECHANICAL FAILURE *AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE *ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE *BALANCE INOPERATIVE *CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE *EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE *FADER INOPERATIVE *FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE *HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE *PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE *PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE *TAPE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE...
Page 113 AUDIO CASSETTE PLAYER INOP — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If a DTC is set, erase the DTC and attempt to reset the DTC. If DTC resets, follow this test. This is an internal radio failure. View repair Repair Replace the Radio. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 114: Cd Changer Mechanical Failure
AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if the CD Changer detects a mechanical failure. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL FAILURE TEST...
Page 115: Cd Changer Read Failure
AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER READ FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER READ FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed in the CD Changer.
Page 116: Cd Changer Temperature High
AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the CD Changer is above +65° C (+145°...
Page 117: Cd Play Failure
AUDIO Symptom: CD PLAY FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD PLAY FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD or is scratched, dirty so the radio can not play the CD.
Page 118: Cd Read Failure
AUDIO Symptom: CD READ FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD READ FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed in the radio CD player.
Page 119: Cd Temperature High
AUDIO Symptom: CD TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: CD TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the radio CD player is above +70°...
Page 120: Low Voltage Level
AUDIO Symptom: LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL When Monitored and Set Condition: LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL When Monitored: Set Condition: The radio detects lower than normal voltage. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM CHECK VOLTAGE LEVEL AT RADIO RADIO TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Check the charging system in accordance with the service information. Is the charging system operating properly? Yes →...
Page 121: No Antenna Connection
AUDIO Symptom: NO ANTENNA CONNECTION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO ANTENNA CONNECTION When Monitored: With the ignition on and the radio in seek up/down mode. Set Condition: With the radio in seek or scan mode for two minutes and the radio does not detect an antenna connection or does not receive a radio station signal.
Page 122 AUDIO NO ANTENNA CONNECTION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connectors. Inspect the Power Amplifier connections. Are the connections clean and tight? Yes → Go To 5 → Repair as needed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. Refer to Audio System and use the service information to test the Rear Window Defogger/Antenna Module.
Page 123: Power Amp Shutdown
AUDIO Symptom: POWER AMP SHUTDOWN When Monitored and Set Condition: POWER AMP SHUTDOWN When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT SPEAKER SECTION OF POWER AMPLIFIER (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 124 AUDIO POWER AMP SHUTDOWN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Power Amplifier C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (+) circuit in the Radio C1 connector.
Page 125: Remote Radio Switch Open
AUDIO Symptom: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH OPEN When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The BCM senses voltage above 4.82 volts on its radio control mux input. POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN CLOCKSPRING OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 126 AUDIO REMOTE RADIO SWITCH OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Clockspring C1 harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Radio Control MUX Return circuit between the BCM C2 connector and the Clockspring C1 connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 127: Remote Radio Switch Shorted To Ground
AUDIO Symptom: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The code will set if the BCM detects a stuck switch or a short to ground on the Radio Control MUX circuit for more than 20 seconds.
Page 128 AUDIO REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: Turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes before proceeding. CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on a hard surface, the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently deployed.
Page 129 AUDIO REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Clockspring C1 harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Radio Control MUX circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 130: No Sound From All Speakers
AUDIO Symptom: *NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT SHORT - FUSE #18 OR #19 FUSED B+ CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INTERMITTENT SHORT - FUSE #4 RADIO - FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO RADIO OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CKT TO RADIO OPEN RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT...
Page 131 AUDIO *NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Replace fuse #4 in the Junction Block. Turn the ignition on. Turn the radio on. Turn the ignition off. Remove and inspect fuse #4 in the Junction Block. Is the fuse open? Yes →...
Page 132 AUDIO *NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a power amplifier, answer yes to the question. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Power Amplifier C2 harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe both Fused B+ circuits. Is the test light illuminated for both circuits? Yes →...
Page 133 AUDIO *NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a power amplifier, answer no to the question. While back probing, measure the voltage of any speaker (+) circuit in the Radio C1 connector.
Page 134: One Remote Radio Switch Inoperative
AUDIO Symptom: *ONE REMOTE RADIO SWITCH INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH REMOTE RADIO SWITCH TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If any DTCs are set, diagnose the DTC before continuing. WARNING: Turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.
Page 135: Remote Radio Switches Inoperative With Ignition On
AUDIO Symptom: *REMOTE RADIO SWITCHES INOPERATIVE WITH IGNITION ON POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT SHORT - FUSE #5 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove and inspect fuse #5 in the Junction Block.
Page 136: Chime Inoperative
CHIME Symptom: *CHIME INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES ACTUATE CHIME WITH DRBIII BODY CONTROL MODULE - CHIME INOPERATIVE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Close the doors. With the DRBIII , actuate the Chime. Does the chime sound when actuated by the DRB? Yes →...
Page 137: Chime Sounds With Driver Door Open Key Removed
CHIME Symptom: *CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER DOOR OPEN KEY REMOVED POSSIBLE CAUSES KEY-IN IGN SW STATUS KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SHORTED KEY-IN IGNITION SW SENSE SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the exterior lamps turn on and off properly and are off before continuing this test.
Page 138: Key In Ignition And Driver's Door Open Chime Inoperative
CHIME Symptom: *KEY IN IGNITION AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN CHIME INOPER- ATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES OBSERVE THE KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH OPEN KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - INCORRECT KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 139 CHIME *KEY IN IGNITION AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN CHIME INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit between the ignition switch connector and the Body Control Module C2 connector .
Page 140: Vehicle Speed Warning Chime Problem
CHIME Symptom: *VEHICLE SPEED WARNING CHIME PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSES INCORRECT COUNTRY CODE PROGRAMMED IN THE BODY CONTROL MODULE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: The high speed warning chime is for Gulf Coast Countries only. With the DRBIII in Miscellaneous check the Body Control Module country code setting.
Page 141: Atc Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: ATC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) module for at least 18 seconds.
Page 142: Battery Power To Module Disconnected
COMMUNICATION Symptom: BATTERY POWER TO MODULE DISCONNECTED When Monitored and Set Condition: BATTERY POWER TO MODULE DISCONNECTED When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM receives ignition on voltage, but no battery power feed. POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC FUSED B+ CIRCUIT - JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 143: Eatx Bus Communication Failure
COMMUNICATION Symptom: EATX BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: EATX BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Powertrain Control Module (Transmission information) for at least 18 seconds.
Page 144: Eeprom Checksum Failure
COMMUNICATION Symptom: EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The BCM fails EEPROM checksum test. POSSIBLE CAUSES EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. Turn the ignition on.
Page 145: Head Status Rx Failure
COMMUNICATION Symptom: HEAD STATUS RX FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: HEAD STATUS RX FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM does not detect the correct voltage on the fused ignition switch input. POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE...
Page 146 COMMUNICATION HEAD STATUS RX FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reinstall the fuse in the Junction Block. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. NOTE: Ensure all of the Junction Block connectors are completely con- nected before continuing.
Page 147: Internal Base/Prem Select Circuit
COMMUNICATION Symptom: INTERNAL BASE/PREM SELECT CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL BASE/PREM SELECT CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: Invaid base/premium select reading internal to the module. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL BASE/PREM SELECT CIRCUIT TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector.
Page 148: Mhsmm Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: MHSMM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: MHSMM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module (MHSMM) for at least 18 seconds.
Page 149: Mic Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Instrument Cluster (MIC) for at least 14 seconds.
Page 150: No Pci Messages From Cd Changer
COMMUNICATION Symptom: NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER When Monitored and Set Condition: NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER When Monitored: With the ignition on and the radio on. Set Condition: If the DRB interrogates the CD changer and does not receive the proper response from the CD changer.
Page 151 COMMUNICATION NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and black test probes. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
Page 152: Otis Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: OTIS MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: OTIS MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Overhead Travel Information System (OTIS) for at least 14 seconds.
Page 153: Post Failure
COMMUNICATION Symptom: POST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: POST FAILURE When Monitored: At battery connect. Set Condition: The BCM fails ROM checksum test. POSSIBLE CAUSES POST FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase BCM DTC’s.
Page 154: Sbec Bus Communication Failure
COMMUNICATION Symptom: SBEC BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: SBEC BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) for at least 12 seconds.
Page 155 COMMUNICATION SBEC BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Page 156: Skim Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM) for at least 12 seconds.
Page 157: No Response From Acm
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM ACM POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING FOR VOLTAGE AT ACM ACM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure that the battery is fully charged. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Page 158 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM ACM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI bus communication with other modules. If not, refer to the PCI Bus Communication Failure symptom and repair as necessary. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Page 159: No Response From Automatic Temperature Control Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL HEAD PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 160 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOD - ULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary.
Page 161: No Response From Body Control Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT AT THE JUNCTION BLOCK CONNECTOR C2 OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT AT THE JUNCTION BLOCK CONNECTOR C3 OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT (JUNCTION BLOCK) OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT AT THE JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE CONN CAV 1 OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT AT THE JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE CONN CAV 20 BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 162 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect the Junction Block C2 harness connector. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuit (in Junction Block Body Control Module connector cavity 1).
Page 163: No Response From Controller Antilock Brake
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM CAB REPLACE FUSE #17 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE (CAB) MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION...
Page 164 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CAB harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe both ground circuits. Is the test light illuminated for both circuits? Yes →...
Page 165 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CAB harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the PCI bus circuit between the CAB connector and the BCM C3 connector.
Page 166: No Response From Instrument Cluster
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes →...
Page 167 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster C1 harness connector.
Page 168: No Response From Left Siacm
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERROGATE ACM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN/START CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Turn the ignition on.
Page 169 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Warning: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module harness connector. Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector. Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery.
Page 170 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module harness connector. Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector. Disconnect the BCM C4 harness connector.
Page 171: No Response From Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM MEMORY HEATED SEAT/MIRROR MOD- POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN MEMORY HEATED SEAT/MIRROR MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
Page 172 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM MEMORY HEATED SEAT/MIRROR MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module C1 harness connector.
Page 173: No Response From Otis/Evic
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM OTIS/EVIC POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OVERHEAD TRAVEL INFORMATION SYSTEM (OTIS) PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
Page 174 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM OTIS/EVIC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the OTIS harness connector. Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and black test probes.
Page 175: No Response From Pcm (Pci Bus)
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM PCI NO RESPONSE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 176 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB read the Powertrain DTC’s. This is to ensure power and grounds to the PCM are operational. NOTE: If the DRB will not read PCM DTC’s, follow the NO RESPONSE TO PCM (PCM SCI only) symptom path.
Page 177: No Response From Pcm (Pcm Sci Only)
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 178 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between the PCM SCI Transmit circuit and the PCM SCI Receive circuit at the Data Link harness connector (cavs 7 and 12).
Page 179 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 180: No Response From Radio
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO REPLACE FUSE #4 RADIO SHORTED TO GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND JUNCTION BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN RADIO INTERNALLY OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 181 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Replace Fuse #4 in the junction block. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Remove and inspect fuse #4 in the junction block. Is the fuse open? Yes →...
Page 182 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and black test probes.
Page 183: No Response From Right Siacm
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERROGATE ACM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN/START CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Turn the ignition on.
Page 184 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Warning: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module harness connector. Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector. Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery.
Page 185 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module harness connector. Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector. Disconnect the BCM C4 harness connector.
Page 186: No Response From Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE (SKIM) PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 187 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the SKIM harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B(+) circuit. Is the test light illuminated? Yes →...
Page 188: No Response From Transmission Control Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 189 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Page 190 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Page 191: Odometer Displays No Bus
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *ODOMETER DISPLAYS NO BUS POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH OTHER MODULES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII attempt to communicate with Controller Antilock Brake module. With the DRBIII attempt to communicate with Airbag Control Module. With the DRBIII attempt to communicate with Body Control Module.
Page 192: Pci Bus Communication Failure
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) HIGH VOLTAGE ON THE PCI BUS CIRCUITS AT THE BCM CONNECTORS MODULE (PCI BUS SHORT TO VOLTAGE) PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE LOW RESISTANCE TO GROUND ON THE PCI BUS CIRCUITS AT THE BCM CONNECTORS MODULE (PCI BUS SHORT TO GROUND) PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 193 COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. Disconnect the DRB from the Data Link Connector (DLC). Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the Data Link Connector (DLC) and the BCM C1 connector.
Page 194 COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before begin- ning. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Disconnect the BCM harness connectors and remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.
Page 195: Driver Door Ajar Ckt Open
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CKT OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT OPEN DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, check the Driver Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit.
Page 196: Driver Door Ajar Ckt Stg
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR AJAR CKT STG POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the DR DOOR AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Page 197: Left Rear Door Ajar Ckt Open
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CKT OPEN LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT OPEN LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, check the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit.
Page 198: Left Rear Door Ajar Ckt Stg
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CKT STG POSSIBLE CAUSES LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the LR DOOR AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Page 199: Pass Door Ajar Ckt Open
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *PASS DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CKT OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT OPEN PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, check the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit.
Page 200: Pass Door Ajar Ckt Stg
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *PASS DOOR AJAR CKT STG POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Page 201: Right Rear Door Ajar Ckt Open
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CKT OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, check the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit.
Page 202: Right Rear Door Ajar Ckt Stg
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CKT STG POSSIBLE CAUSES RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the RR DOOR AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Page 203: Driver Heated Seat Switch Open/Shorted To Ground
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the switch is open or grounded the MHSMM will have a loss of switch feed back and this code will set immediately.
Page 204 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Measure the voltage between the Driver Seat Heater Switch Mux circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 205: Driver Heated Seat Switch Stuck In High State
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom List: DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK IN HIGH STATE DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK IN LOW STATE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK IN HIGH STATE.
Page 206 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK IN HIGH STATE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Measure the voltage between the Driver Seat Heater Switch Mux circuit and ground. Is there any voltage present? Yes →...
Page 207: Driver Seat Heat Output Open
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is set immediately after the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module loses the seat heat element output.
Page 208 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The MHSMM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat.
Page 209: Driver Seat Heat Output Short To Gnd
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module detects an output shorted to ground.
Page 210 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module Perform MEMORY HEATED SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors.
Page 211: Driver Thermistor Out Of Range High
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is immediately set when the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module senses a greater value than the value stored in EEPROM.
Page 212 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view Repair . Repair Replace the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module Perform MEMORY HEATED SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors.
Page 213: Driver Thermistor Out Of Range Low
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is immediately set when the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module senses a lesser value than the value stored in EEPROM.
Page 214 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The MHSMM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat.
Page 215 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The MHSMM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat.
Page 216: Passenger Heated Seat Switch Open/Shorted To Ground
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN/SHORTED GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the switch is open or grounded the MHSMM will have a loss of switch feed back and this code will set immediately.
Page 217 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated switch connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 218: Passenger Heated Seat Switch Stuck In High State
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom List: PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK IN HIGH STATE PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK IN LOW STATE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK IN HIGH STATE.
Page 219 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK IN HIGH STATE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Measure the voltage between the Passenger Seat Heater Switch Mux circuit and ground.
Page 220: Passenger Seat Heat Output Open
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module loses the seat heat element output.
Page 221 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The MHSMM is located at the front of the drivers seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of each seat.
Page 222 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The MHSMM is located at the front of the drivers seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of each seat.
Page 223: Passenger Seat Heat Output Short To Gnd
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation, Set Condition: This code is set immediately after the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module detects an output shorted to ground.
Page 224 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The MHSMM is located at the front of the drivers seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of each seat.
Page 225: Passenger Thermistor Out Of Range High
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is immediately set when the Heated Seat Module senses a greater value than the value stored in EEPROM.
Page 226 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module Perform MEMORY HEATED SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors.
Page 227: Passenger Thermistor Out Of Range Low
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is immediately set when the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module senses a lesser value than the value stored in EEPROM.
Page 228 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The MHSMM is located at the front of the drivers seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of each seat.
Page 229 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The MHSMM is located at the front of the drivers seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of each seat.
Page 230: Heated Seats Inoperative Due To Key-In Ignition Switch Input
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *HEATED SEATS INOPERATIVE DUE TO KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH INPUT POSSIBLE CAUSES OBSERVE THE KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS IGNITION SWITCH OPEN KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BCM-INCORRECT KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 231 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS *HEATED SEATS INOPERATIVE DUE TO KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH INPUT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit between the ignition switch connector and the BCM C2 connector.
Page 232: Rear Window Defogger Inoperative Manual Air Conditioning
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE MANUAL AIR CONDI- TIONING POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR DEFOG OPERATES OK DEFOGGER GRID GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY-OPEN REAR DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND FUSED (B+) SHORT TO GROUND FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 233 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE MANUAL AIR CONDITION - ING — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay located in the right side of trunk. Measure the voltage between both Fused B(+) circuits and ground. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts on both Fused B(+) circuits? Yes →...
Page 234 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE MANUAL AIR CONDITION - ING — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Test the PDC EBL fuse. Is the fuse open? Yes → Go To 10 → Repair the open Fused B+ circuit from the PDC to the relay connector.
Page 235: Rear Window Defogger Inoperative With Atc
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE WITH ATC POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR DEFOG OPERATES OK DEFOGGER GRID GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY-OPEN REAR DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B+ SHORT TO GROUND...
Page 236 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE WITH ATC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay (located in the right side of trunk). Measure the voltage between both Fused B(+) circuits and ground. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts on both Fused B(+) circuits? Yes →...
Page 237 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE WITH ATC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Test the PDC EBL fuse. Is the fuse open? Yes → Go To 10 → Repair the open Fused B+ circuit from the PDC to the relay connector.
Page 238: Headlamp Switch Input Failure
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HEADLAMP SWITCH INPUT FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: HEADLAMP SWITCH INPUT FAILURE When Monitored: Ignition in run position. Set Condition: The BCM detects excessive current on the fog lamp relay control circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN CIRCUIT HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY HEADLAMP MUX CIRCUIT HEADLAMP SWITCH...
Page 239 EXTERIOR LIGHTING HEADLAMP SWITCH INPUT FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Headlamp Switch connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage between the Headlamp Switch Mux circuit and ground. Is there any voltage in the Headlamp Switch MUX circuit? Yes →...
Page 240: Auto Headlamps And Or Fog Lamps Not Operating Properly
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *AUTO HEADLAMPS AND OR FOG LAMPS NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SUN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN SUN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND SUN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE SUN SENSOR SHORTED SUN SENSOR VTSS LED BODY CONTROL MODULE - AUTO HEADLAMPS BODY CONTROL MODULE SENSOR SHORT TO GROUND...
Page 241 EXTERIOR LIGHTING *AUTO HEADLAMPS AND OR FOG LAMPS NOT OPERATING PROP - ERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read the AUTO HEADLAMP SENSE VOLTS under sensors while shinning a shop light on the Sun Sensor and then remove the light and cover up the sensor.
Page 242 EXTERIOR LIGHTING *AUTO HEADLAMPS AND OR FOG LAMPS NOT OPERATING PROP - ERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Sun Sensor VTSS LED connector. Disconnect the BCM C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the Sun Sensor connector and the BCM connector.
Page 243: Fog Lamps Will Not Turn Off
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE BODY CONTROL MODULE FOG LAMP RELAY HEADLAMP SWITCH TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read Body Control Module DTCs. If the DTC Headlamp Switch Input Failure is present, return to the Symptom List and select the repair for that symptom.
Page 244: Fog Lamps Will Not Turn On
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON POSSIBLE CAUSES FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN FOG LAMP RELAY CTL CKT OPEN OPEN FUSED B(+) TO FOG RELAY FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CKT SHORT FOG LAMP RELAY FOG LAMP RELAY BODY CONTROL MODULE HEADLAMP SWITCH TEST...
Page 245 EXTERIOR LIGHTING *FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Fog Lamp Relay Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. Check Junction Block fuse #16. Is fuse #16 open? Yes →...
Page 246: Headlamp Time Delay Inoperative
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *HEADLAMP TIME DELAY INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES IGNITION VOLTAGE LOW BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the Ignition Voltage. Does the DRBIII display voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 247: High Beam Headlamps Will Not Turn Off
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO VOLTAGE HIGH BEAM RELAY MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH SWITCHED HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the High Beam Relay from the junction block. Did the High Beam Headlamps turn off? Yes →...
Page 248: High Beam Headlamps Will Not Turn On
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN FUSED B+ RELAY GROUND OPEN FUSED LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND SWITCHED HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND HIGH BEAM RELAY CIRCUIT OPEN HIGH BEAM RELAY HIGH BEAM RELAY FUSED LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 249 EXTERIOR LIGHTING *HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Check fuse 11 in the junction block. Is fuse 11 open? Yes → Go To 5 → Go To 7 Remove fuse 11 Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Fused Low Beam Relay Output circuit to ground.
Page 250 EXTERIOR LIGHTING *HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector. Turn the headlamps on. Ensure the High Beam Relay is installed. Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Low Beam Relay Output and the Switched High Beam Relay Control circuits in the multifunction switch connector.
Page 251: Low Beam Headlamps Will Not Turn Off
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY BODY CONTROL MODULE JUNCTION BLOCK LOW BEAM RELAY TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII read Body Control Module DTCs. If the DTC Headlamp Switch Input Failure is present, return to the Symptom List and select the repair for that symptom.
Page 252: Low Beam Headlamps Will Not Turn On
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH JUNCTION BLOCK LOW BEAM HEADLAMP RELAY LOW BEAM RELAY LOW BEAM HEADLAMP RELAY JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE OPEN FUSED B+ TO JUNCTION BLOCK B+ CIRCUIT FUSE FUSED B+ CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TEST ACTION...
Page 253 EXTERIOR LIGHTING *LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Low Beam Headlamp Relay. Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit in the Low Beam Relay. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes → Go To 6 →...
Page 254: Park Lamps Will Not Turn Off
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH PARK LAMP OUTPUT SHORT TO VOLTAGE BODY CONTROL MODULE PARK LAMP RELAY TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the headlamp switch to the OFF position. With the DRBIII , read the Headlamp Switch Voltage. Does the DRBIII display Headlamp Switch Voltage within 4.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 255: Park Lamps Will Not Turn On
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK PARK LAMP RELAY PARK LAMP RELAY BODY CONTROL MODULE JUNCTION BLOCK JUNCTION BLOCK OPEN FUSE OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TEST...
Page 256 EXTERIOR LIGHTING *PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Park Lamp Relay. Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit in the Park Lamp Relay cavity 54,87. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes → Replace the Park Lamp Relay. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 257 EXTERIOR LIGHTING *PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Park Lamp Relay from the junction block. Measure the resistance of the Park Lamp Relay Output circuit from the relay cavity 55,30 to ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 258: A/C Control A/C Switch Failure (Manual A/C)
HEATING & A/C Symptom: A/C CONTROL A/C SWITCH FAILURE (MANUAL A/C) When Monitored and Set Condition: A/C CONTROL A/C SWITCH FAILURE (MANUAL A/C) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects the A/C switch stuck in the depressed position for at least 30 seconds.
Page 259 HEATING & A/C A/C CONTROL A/C SWITCH FAILURE (MANUAL A/C) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Manual Temp Control Head C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Sensor Ground circuit and the Mode Switch MUX circuit in the Manual Temp Control Head C1 connector.
Page 260 HEATING & A/C Symptom: A/C CONTROL BLEND DOOR INPUT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND (MANUAL A/C) When Monitored and Set Condition: A/C CONTROL BLEND DOOR INPUT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND (MAN- UAL A/C) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects an abnormally low voltage (below 1.0 volts) on its blend request input.
Page 261 HEATING & A/C A/C CONTROL BLEND DOOR INPUT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND (MANUAL A/C) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Manual Temp Control Head C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Sensor Ground circuit and the Temperature Select circuit.
Page 262: A/C Control Blend Door Input Shorted To Battery (Manual A/C)
HEATING & A/C Symptom: A/C CONTROL BLEND DOOR INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY (MANUAL A/C) When Monitored and Set Condition: A/C CONTROL BLEND DOOR INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY (MANUAL A/C) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects an abnormally high voltage on its blend request input. POSSIBLE CAUSES CONTROL HEAD - SHORT TO VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE SELECT CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE...
Page 263: A/C Control Ebl Switch Failure (Manual A/C)
HEATING & A/C Symptom: A/C CONTROL EBL SWITCH FAILURE (MANUAL A/C) When Monitored and Set Condition: A/C CONTROL EBL SWITCH FAILURE (MANUAL A/C) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects the EBL switch stuck in the depressed position for at least 30 seconds.
Page 264 HEATING & A/C A/C CONTROL EBL SWITCH FAILURE (MANUAL A/C) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Manual Temp Control Head C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Sensor Ground circuit and the Mode Switch MUX circuit in the Manual Temp Control Head C1 connector.
Page 265 HEATING & A/C Symptom: A/C CONTROL MODE DOOR INPUT OPEN OR SHORTED TO BAT- TERY (MANUAL A/C) When Monitored and Set Condition: A/C CONTROL MODE DOOR INPUT OPEN OR SHORTED TO BATTERY (MAN- UAL A/C) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects an abnormally high voltage on its mode request input.
Page 266 HEATING & A/C A/C CONTROL MODE DOOR INPUT OPEN OR SHORTED TO BATTERY (MANUAL A/C) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Manual Temp Control Head C1 harness connector. Reconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Mode Switch MUX circuit.
Page 267: A/C Control Mode Door Input Shorted To Ground (Manual A/C)
HEATING & A/C Symptom: A/C CONTROL MODE DOOR INPUT SHORTED TO GROUND (MAN- UAL A/C) When Monitored and Set Condition: A/C CONTROL MODE DOOR INPUT SHORTED TO GROUND (MANUAL A/C) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects an abnormally low voltage on its mode request input. POSSIBLE CAUSES CONTROL HEAD - SHORT TO GROUND MODE SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 268: Atc A/C Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC A/C SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC A/C SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 269: Atc Auto Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC AUTO SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC AUTO SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 270: Atc Bilevel Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC BILEVEL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC BILEVEL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 271: Atc Defrost Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC DEFROST SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC DEFROST SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 272: Atc Ebl Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC EBL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC EBL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 273: Atc Floor Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC FLOOR SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC FLOOR SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 274: Atc Mix Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC MIX SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC MIX SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 275: Atc Off Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC OFF SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC OFF SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 276: Atc Panel Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC PANEL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC PANEL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 277: Atc Recirculation Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC RECIRCULATION SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC RECIRCULATION SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 278: Atc Temperature Down Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC TEMPERATURE DOWN SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC TEMPERATURE DOWN SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 279: Atc Temperature Up Switch Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: ATC TEMPERATURE UP SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC TEMPERATURE UP SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM interfaces with the ATC head over the PCI Bus. If an ATC switch is held in the closed position for longer than 5 to 10 minutes, a switch failed code will be set.
Page 280: Blend Door Feedback Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The BCM detects a loss of signal on the mode feedback and/or blend feedback inputs. POSSIBLE CAUSES 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND...
Page 281 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Gain access to the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Turn the ignition on. While backprobing measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit (cavity #6) in the inline connector.
Page 282 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Ensure the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal is connected. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Page 283 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Turn off all lights and close the driver door latch so the courtesy lamps will go off. Measure the resistance between ground and the sensor ground circuit (cavity #5) in the inline connector (I/P harness side).
Page 284 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Ensure the C202/3 inline connector is connected at this time. With the DRBIII , erase DTC’s. Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. Backprobe one voltmeter lead to the Blend Air Door Driver ckt in the BCM C1 connector and the other to chassis ground.
Page 285 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit between the BCM C2 connector and the Inline connector (cavity #10).
Page 286 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the 5 volt supply circuit for a short to voltage. Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com- pleted.
Page 287: Blend Door Output Shorted To Battery
HEATING & A/C Symptom: BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to move one of the HVAC actuators. Set Condition: When the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs shorted to battery: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the common door driver.
Page 288 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Recirculation Door Driver circuit. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 289 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver circuit (cavity 9) and the other driver circuits (cavities 2, 3 and 10) in the BCM C1 connector.
Page 290: Blend Door Output Shorted To Ground
HEATING & A/C Symptom: BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to move one of the HVAC actuators. Set Condition: When the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs shorted to ground: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the common door driver.
Page 291 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Blend Air Door Driver circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit in the BCM C1 connector.
Page 292: Blend Door Stall Test Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: BLEND DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: BLEND DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE When Monitored: During HVAC motor calibration. Set Condition: The BCM is unable to detect the end of travel for the blend door. POSSIBLE CAUSES 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 293 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Gain access to the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Turn the ignition on. While backprobing measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit (cavity #6) in the inline connector.
Page 294 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Ensure the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal is connected. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Page 295 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Turn off all lights and close the driver door latch so the courtesy lamps will go off.
Page 296 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Ensure the C202/3 inline connector is connected at this time. With the DRBIII , erase DTC’s. Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. Backprobe one voltmeter lead to the Blend Air Door Driver ckt in the BCM C1 connector and the other to chassis ground.
Page 297 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Page 298 HEATING & A/C BLEND DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the 5 volt supply circuit for a short to voltage. Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com- pleted.
Page 299: Common Output Shorted To Battery
HEATING & A/C Symptom: COMMON OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: COMMON OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to move one of the HVAC actuators. Set Condition: When the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs shorted to battery: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the common door driver.
Page 300 HEATING & A/C COMMON OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Recirculation Door Driver circuit. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 301 HEATING & A/C COMMON OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver circuit (cavity 9) and the other driver circuits (cavities 2, 3 and 10) in the BCM C1 connector.
Page 302: Common Output Shorted To Ground
HEATING & A/C Symptom: COMMON OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: COMMON OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to move one of the HVAC actuators. Set Condition: When the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs shorted to ground: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the common door driver.
Page 303 HEATING & A/C COMMON OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Common Door Driver circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit in the BCM C1 connector.
Page 304: Evaporator Temperature Sensor Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects an abnormally high or low voltage on the evaporator temperature sensor signal. POSSIBLE CAUSES EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO VOLTAGE EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR OPEN...
Page 305 HEATING & A/C EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Connect a jumper wire between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit. With the DRBIII in Sensors, read the Evaporator Temperature Sensor voltage. Does the DRBIII display EVAP TEMP: 4.9 VOLTS or greater? Yes →...
Page 306 HEATING & A/C EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure the Evaporator Temp Sensor is connected at this time. Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII , read Body Computer DTC’s. Turn the ignition on. Wait 2 minutes. With the DRBIII , read Body Computer DTC’s.
Page 307: Head Status Rx Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: HEAD STATUS RX FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK BCM CODES AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL HEAD HARNESS/INTERMITTENT WIRING TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the BCM DTCs. Is the Head Status RX Failure code set? Yes →...
Page 308: In Car Temp Sensor Failure (Atc Aspirator Failure)
HEATING & A/C Symptom: IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE) When Monitored and Set Condition: IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects an abnormally high voltage (above 4.8 volts) or an abnormally low voltage (below 0.31 volts) on the in-car temperature sensor signal.
Page 309 HEATING & A/C IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Completely cover the aspirator inlet (below blower switch) with a piece of tissue paper. Note: The tissue paper should hold in place because of the air drawn in from the aspirator.
Page 310 HEATING & A/C IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC Head harness connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Aspirator Motor Driver circuit between the BCM C2 connector and the ATC Head connector.
Page 311 HEATING & A/C IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 & C2 harness connectors. Disconnect the ATC Head harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Sensor Ground circuit and the In-Car Temper- ature Sensor Signal circuit in the ATC Head connector.
Page 312 HEATING & A/C IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Backprobe one ohmmeter lead to the Sensor Ground ckt in the BCM C1 connector and the other lead to ground.
Page 313: Mode Door Feedback Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The BCM detects a loss of signal on the mode feedback and/or blend feedback inputs. POSSIBLE CAUSES 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND...
Page 314 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Gain access to the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Turn the ignition on. While backprobing measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit (cavity #6) in the inline connector.
Page 315 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Ensure the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal is connected. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Page 316 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Turn off all lights and close the driver door latch so the courtesy lamps will go off. Measure the resistance between ground and the sensor ground circuit (cavity #5) in the inline connector (I/P harness side).
Page 317 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Ensure the C202/3 inline connector is connected at this time. With the DRBIII , erase DTC’s. Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. Backprobe one voltmeter lead to the Mode Door Driver ckt in the BCM C1 connector and the other to chassis ground.
Page 318 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit between the BCM C2 connector and the Inline connector (cavity #11).
Page 319 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the 5 volt supply circuit for a short to voltage. Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com- pleted.
Page 320: Mode Door Output Shorted To Battery
HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to move one of the HVAC actuators. Set Condition: When the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs shorted to battery: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the common door driver.
Page 321 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Recirculation Door Driver circuit. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 322 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver circuit (cavity 9) and the other driver circuits (cavities 2, 3 and 10) in the BCM C1 connector.
Page 323: Mode Door Output Shorted To Ground
HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to move one of the HVAC actuators. Set Condition: When the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs shorted to ground: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the common door driver.
Page 324 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit in the BCM C1 connector.
Page 325: Mode Door Stall Test Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE When Monitored: During HVAC motor calibration. Set Condition: The BCM is unable to detect the end of travel for the mode door. POSSIBLE CAUSES 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 326 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Gain access to the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Turn the ignition on. While backprobing measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit (cavity #6) in the inline connector.
Page 327 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Ensure the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal is connected. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Page 328 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Turn off all lights and close the driver door latch so the courtesy lamps will go off.
Page 329 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Ensure the C202/3 inline connector is connected at this time. With the DRBIII , erase DTC’s. Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. Backprobe one voltmeter lead to the Mode Door Driver ckt in the BCM C1 connector and the other to chassis ground.
Page 330 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Page 331 HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the 5 volt supply circuit for a short to voltage. Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com- pleted.
Page 332: Recirc Door Output Shorted To Battery
HEATING & A/C Symptom: RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to move one of the HVAC actuators. Set Condition: When the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs shorted to battery: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the common door driver.
Page 333 HEATING & A/C RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Recirculation Door Driver circuit. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 334 HEATING & A/C RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver circuit (cavity 9) and the other driver circuits (cavities 2, 3 and 10) in the BCM C1 connector.
Page 335: Recirc Door Output Shorted To Ground
HEATING & A/C Symptom: RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to move one of the HVAC actuators. Set Condition: When the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs shorted to ground: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the common door driver.
Page 336: Recirculation Door Test Failure (Inoperative Or Stall)
HEATING & A/C Symptom: RECIRCULATION DOOR TEST FAILURE (INOPERATIVE OR STALL) When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRCULATION DOOR TEST FAILURE (INOPERATIVE OR STALL) When Monitored: During HVAC motor calibration. Set Condition: The BCM is unable to detect the end of travel for one or more of the HVAC doors.
Page 337 HEATING & A/C RECIRCULATION DOOR TEST FAILURE (INOPERATIVE OR STALL) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Recirculation Door Actuator. Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com- pleted. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. With the DRBIII , erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Page 338 HEATING & A/C RECIRCULATION DOOR TEST FAILURE (INOPERATIVE OR STALL) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase Body Computer DTC’s. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Backprobe one lead of a voltmeter to the Common Door Driver circuit in the C1 connector and the other lead to ground.
Page 339: Sun Load Sensor Failure
HEATING & A/C Symptom: SUN LOAD SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: SUN LOAD SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects an abnormally low voltage on the sun sensor signal. POSSIBLE CAUSES SUN SENSOR LOW SUN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND SUN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE - SUN SENSE LOW...
Page 340 HEATING & A/C SUN LOAD SENSOR FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 341: Atc Blower Motor Inoperative
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *ATC BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND BLOWER MOTOR SHORT TO GROUND BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE SHORT TO GROUND GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION...
Page 342 HEATING & A/C *ATC BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Blower Motor Power Module harness connector. Disconnect the Blower Motor 2-way harness connector at the Blower Motor Power Module. Replace the Junction Block Fuse #23. Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit in the Blower Motor Power Module connector and the DG wire in the Blower Motor connector.
Page 343 HEATING & A/C *ATC BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Ensure the Blower Motor and Blower Motor Power Module are connected at this time. Turn the ignition on and observe the Blower Motor. Is the Blower Motor running at full speed? Yes →...
Page 344: Atc Blower Motor Speeds Incorrect
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *ATC BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN - JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off.
Page 345 HEATING & A/C *ATC BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect the Blower Motor Power Module harness connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between ground and the Blower Motor Control circuit in the BCM C2 connector.
Page 346: Atc Head Illumination Inoperative
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *ATC HEAD ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES IDENTIFY ATC HEAD ILLUMINATION PROBLEM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PANEL LAMPS FEED CIRCUIT OPEN ATC HEAD - ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the park lamps on and observe the ATC Head display. Is the problem with the letters and LED lights? Yes →...
Page 347: Atc System Test
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *ATC SYSTEM TEST POSSIBLE CAUSES ATC SYSTEM TEST TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure there is vehicle communication with the Body Control Module, the Automatic Temp Control Module (head) and the Powertrain Control Module before proceeding. If not, refer to the Communication category for the related symptom. With the DRBIII , read Engine DTC’s.
Page 348: Atc Temperature Control Incorrect In Sun Or Shade
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *ATC TEMPERATURE CONTROL INCORRECT IN SUN OR SHADE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK SUN SENSOR VOLTAGE SUN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE SUN SENSOR OPEN/HIGH SENSOR GROUND OPEN SUN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - SUN SENSOR OPEN/HIGH TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 349 HEATING & A/C *ATC TEMPERATURE CONTROL INCORRECT IN SUN OR SHADE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Sun Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connectors. Measure the resistance of the Sun Sensor Signal circuit between the BCM C2 connector and the sensor connector.
Page 350: Blend Door Inoperative
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *BLEND DOOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATC HEAD BLEND DOOR BUTTONS OPEN BLEND DOOR INOPERABLE PRE TEST BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR CHECK COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BLEND AIR DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Disregard this test step if this vehicle is NOT equipped with Automatic Temp Control.
Page 351 HEATING & A/C *BLEND DOOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Using a voltmeter, connect one lead to the Common Door Driver (cavity 1) and the other to the Blend Air Door Driver (cavity 3) in the C202/3 in-line connector (I/P harness side).
Page 352: Manual A/C Blower Motor Inoperative
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *MANUAL A/C BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE #23 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CKT SHORTED TO GROUND BLOWER MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN TO RESISTOR FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN TO MOTOR BLOWER MOTOR OPEN BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 353 HEATING & A/C *MANUAL A/C BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure Junction Block Fuse #23 is installed before proceeding. Turn the Blower Motor Switch off. Disconnect the Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit.
Page 354 HEATING & A/C *MANUAL A/C BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Manual Temp Control Head C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 355: Manual A/C Blower Motor Speeds Incorrect
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *MANUAL A/C BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT POSSIBLE CAUSES CONTROL HEAD - BLOWER SPEEDS INCORRECT BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR - OPEN SPEED TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Manual Temperature Control Head C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition on.
Page 356: Manual A/C Control Head Illumination
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *MANUAL A/C CONTROL HEAD ILLUMINATION POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN CONTROL HEAD - LAMPS INOPERATIVE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Manual Temp Control Head C1 harness connector. Ensure all lights are off (trip driver door latch if necessary to shut courtesy lamps off).
Page 357: Manual A/C Control Head Switch Inoperative
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *MANUAL A/C CONTROL HEAD SWITCH INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES CONTROL HEAD - OPEN SWITCH CONTROL HEAD SWITCHES OKAY TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the Mode Switch MUX voltage. Press and hold the A/C button and observe the DRB voltage (should be approximately 0.45 volts).
Page 358: Manual A/C System Test
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *MANUAL A/C SYSTEM TEST POSSIBLE CAUSES MANUAL A/C SYSTEM TEST TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure there is vehicle communications with the Body Control Module and the Powertrain Control Module before proceeding. If not, refer to the communication category for the related symptom.
Page 359: Mode Door Inoperative
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *MODE DOOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATC HEAD MODE DOOR BUTTONS OPEN MODE DOOR INOPERABLE PRE TEST MODE DOOR ACTUATOR CHECK COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Disregard this test step if this vehicle is NOT equipped with Automatic Temp Control.
Page 360 HEATING & A/C *MODE DOOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Press (turn) the Defrost on. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C202 (manual A/C) or C203 (ATC) in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument panel above the accelerator pedal. Using a voltmeter, connect one lead to the Common Door Driver (cavity 1) and the other to the Mode Door Driver (cavity 2) in the C202/3 in-line connector (I/P harness side).
Page 361: Bcm - Dimming Level Switch Failure
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: BCM - DIMMING LEVEL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: BCM - DIMMING LEVEL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The BCM detects an open or short circuit condition for 10 seconds on the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING DIMMING SWITCH POSITIONS HEADLAMP SWITCH - OPEN...
Page 362 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BCM - DIMMING LEVEL SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, select Body Computer then Sensors. Read the Dimming Level Volts. Set the Panel Dimmer Switch in the Low position then slowly move the switch to the Hi position, then Funeral Mode position, then to the Dome position.
Page 363 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BCM - DIMMING LEVEL SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Headlamp Switch harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Panel Lamp Dimmer Signal circuit. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 364 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BCM - DIMMING LEVEL SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Headlamp Switch harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Panel Lamp Dimmer Signal circuit. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 365: Bcm - Fuel Level Sending Unit Failure
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: BCM - FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: BCM - FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects excessive voltage on the fuel level sensor signal circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES FUEL PUMP MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 366 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BCM - FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Gain access to the body harness C308 connector by removing the rear seat cushion. Disconnect the C308 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Fuel Level Sensor Ground circuit. Is the resistance below 10.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 367: No Messages From Abs
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom List: NO MESSAGES FROM ABS NO MESSAGES FROM AECM NO MESSAGES FROM BCM NO MESSAGES FROM EATX NO MESSAGES FROM PCM Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be NO MESSAGES FROM ABS. When Monitored and Set Condition: NO MESSAGES FROM ABS When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Page 368 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER NO MESSAGES FROM ABS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , attempt to communicate with the module that corresponds to the DTC that is set. Was the DRBIII able to I/D or communicate with the Module in question? Yes →...
Page 369: Airbag Warning Indicator Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES AIRBAG TROUBLE CODES OTHER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTC’S PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Note: The DRB must be able to communicate with the airbag module prior to performing this test.
Page 370: All Gauges Inoperative
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *ALL GAUGES INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Diagnose and repair any BCM, PCM, or Communication DTC’s before proceeding with this test.
Page 371 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *ALL GAUGES INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Instrument Cluster Ground circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information.
Page 372: Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES PARK BRAKE SWITCH RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN - PARK BRAKE SWITCH TO J/BLOCK RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN - MIC TO J/BLOCK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN - BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH TO J/BLOCK...
Page 373 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Junction Block C7 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Red Brake Warning Indicator circuit. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 374 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Junction Block C3 harness connector. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit between the Junction Block C3 harness connector and the Instrument Cluster C2 harness connector.
Page 375: Charging Indicator Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *CHARGING INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CHECK THE CHARGING SYSTEM OPERATION ENGINE TROUBLE CODES PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, read the ENGINE DTC’s. Are there any PCM DTC’s present? Yes →...
Page 376: Check Engine Indicator Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *CHECK ENGINE INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ENGINE TROUBLE CODES TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, read engine DTC’s. Are there any PCM DTC’s present? Yes → Refer to the Driveability category for the related symptom(s). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 377: Cluster And Panel Illumination Problems
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *CLUSTER AND PANEL ILLUMINATION PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING FOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTC CHECKING THE PANEL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PANEL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PANEL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE CHECKING FOR A SHORT TO GROUND CHECKING FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE OBSERVE THE DIMMING LEVEL VOLTAGE...
Page 378 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *CLUSTER AND PANEL ILLUMINATION PROBLEMS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the park lamps on. Ensure the ignition key is off while disconnecting the following Modules/ Components. Disconnect the following Modules/Components one at a time in an orderly manner (be sure to turn the ignition off before disconnecting any Module).
Page 379 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *CLUSTER AND PANEL ILLUMINATION PROBLEMS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Ensure the ignition key is off while disconnecting the following Modules/ Components. Disconnect the following Modules/Components one at a time in an orderly manner (be sure to turn the ignition off before disconnecting any Module).
Page 380: Cruise On Indicator Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *CRUISE ON INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM DEFECTIVE BULB OR SOCKET ENGINE TROUBLE CODES TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off then on. This will start the bulb test. Did the cruise on indicator illuminate for 3 to 10 seconds? Yes →...
Page 381: Decklid Ajar Indicator Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *DECKLID AJAR INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DECKLID AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OPEN DECKLID AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN DECKLID AND OBSERVE THE DECKLID AJAR INDICATOR OPEN DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TEST...
Page 382 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *DECKLID AJAR INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Open the decklid and observe the decklid ajar indicator. Is the decklid ajar indicator illuminated? Yes → The decklid ajar indicator is operating properly at this time, check for a intermittent wiring condition.
Page 383: Door Ajar Indicator Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *DOOR AJAR INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE DOOR AJAR STATES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST CHECK THE DOOR AJAR STATES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Close all doors. Turn the ignition off then on. This will start the bulb test. Did the door ajar indicator illuminate for 3 to 10 seconds? Yes →...
Page 384: Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR NOT OPERAT- ING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING TEMPERATURE GAUGE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine and allow the engine to reach operating temperature. Does the engine temperature gauge operate properly? Yes → Go To 2 →...
Page 385: Fuel Gauge Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *FUEL GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES BODY CONTROL MODULE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER VISUAL CONDITION NOT GOOD CHECK FOR FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT RELATED BCM DTCS DETERMINE IF FULL GAUGE IS INACCURATE FUEL GAUGE DISPLAYS EMPTY FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND OBSERVE THE FUEL GAUGE INSPECT THE FUEL PUMP MODULE AND THE FUEL TANK...
Page 386 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *FUEL GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Make sure the Fuel Tank is not empty before proceeding. Turn the ignition on. Observe the Fuel Gauge. What does the Fuel Gauge display? Empty at all times Go To 4 Between empty and full Go To 5...
Page 387 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *FUEL GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Tank from the vehicle. Remove the Fuel Pump Module from the Fuel Tank. Inspect the Fuel Pump Module for a bent or sticking arm and the Fuel Tank for any foreign materials.
Page 388: Low Fuel Indicator Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *LOW FUEL INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE FUEL GAUGE OPERATION PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine and observe the Fuel Gauge. Does the Fuel Gauge operate properly? Yes → Go To 2 →...
Page 389: Low Washer Fluid Indicator Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *LOW WASHER FLUID INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CHECK THE WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN WASHER FLUID SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST WASHER FLUID LEVEL SENSOR WASHER FLUID LEVEL SENSOR WASHER FLUID SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND TEST ACTION...
Page 390 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *LOW WASHER FLUID INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the washer fluid level sensor harness connector. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the washer fluid switch sense circuit between the washer fluid level sensor connector and the Instrument Cluster C2 connector.
Page 391: Odometer Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *ODOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TCM OBSERVE THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, select Body then Electro/Mech Cluster (MIC). Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Instrument Cluster? Yes →...
Page 392: Oil Pressure Warning Indicator Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *OIL PRESSURE WARNING INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROP- ERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LESS THAN 27.6 KPA (4 PSI) COLD OIL PRESSURE SWITCH - OPEN OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LESS THAN 27.6 KPA (4 PSI) WARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 393 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *OIL PRESSURE WARNING INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Engine Oil Pressure Switch. Install a mechanical oil pressure gauge in place of the Engine Oil Pressure Switch. Start and idle the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
Page 394 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *OIL PRESSURE WARNING INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 395: Prnd3L Indicator Malfunction
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *PRND3L INDICATOR MALFUNCTION POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MONITOR THE PRND3L INDICATORS WHILE SHIFTING GEARS OBSERVE THE PRND3L LAMPS WITH THE IGNITION ON TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, select Body then Electro/Mech Cluster (MIC). Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Instrument Cluster? Yes →...
Page 396: Seat Belt Indicator Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *SEAT BELT INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES BODY CONTROL MODULE (SEATBELT SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND) CHECK THE SEATBELT SWITCH STATUS PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST SEATBELT SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SEATBELT SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT DEFECT BODY CONTROL MODULE (OPEN SEATBELT SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT) CHECK THE SEATBELT SWITCH STATUS...
Page 397 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *SEAT BELT INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Unbuckle the driver’s seatbelt. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, select Body Computer then Inputs/Outputs and observe the seatbelt switch state. Does the DRB display Seatbelt Switch: Closed? Yes →...
Page 398 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *SEAT BELT INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the seatbelt switch harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C4 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the seatbelt switch sense circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 399: Speedometer Gauge Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *SPEEDOMETER GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM ENGINE TROUBLE CODES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST OBSERVE THE VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAY IN THE PCM OBSERVE THE VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAY IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION...
Page 400 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *SPEEDOMETER GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Raise all four wheels off the ground and properly support the vehicle. Start the engine. Note: If the vehicle is equipped with traction control, the traction control must be disabled. With the DRB, enter Engine then Sensors and observe the vehicle speed display.
Page 401: Tachometer Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *TACHOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM ENGINE TROUBLE CODES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST OBSERVE THE RPM DISPLAY IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OBSERVE THE RPM DISPLAY IN THE PCM POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 402 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *TACHOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine. With the DRB, select Body, Electro/Mech Cluster (MIC), Monitor Display then Engine Info and observe the engine RPM display. Does the DRB display engine RPM above 400 RPM? Yes →...
Page 403: Temperature Gauge Not Operating Properly
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *TEMPERATURE GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM ENGINE TROUBLE CODES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE OBSERVE THE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OBSERVE THE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY IN THE PCM TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 404 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *TEMPERATURE GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine. With the DRB, select Body, Electro/Mech Cluster (MIC), Monitor Display then Engine Info and observe the engine temperature display. Does the DRB display approximately the correct engine temperature? Yes →...
Page 405: Courtesy Lamp Output Short To Battery
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: COURTESY LAMP OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: COURTESY LAMP OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. Set Condition: The BCM has detected a short to battery on the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit for 5 seconds.
Page 406 INTERIOR LIGHTING COURTESY LAMP OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Junction Block C11 Headliner Harness Connector from the front of the junction block. Remove the Body Control Module from the junction block. Measure the voltage of the Courtesy Lamps Driver circuit at the driver door courtesy lamp socket.
Page 407: Court Lmps Inop
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom List: *COURT LMPS INOP *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVERS DOOR Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be *COURT LMPS INOP. POSSIBLE CAUSES COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVER DOOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 408: Courtesy Lamps Inoperative - All Lamps
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE - ALL LAMPS POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSE 19 OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Gain access to the junction block C11 Headliner Harness connector but do not disconnect.
Page 409: Courtesy Lamps Inoperative - Door Lamps
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE - DOOR LAMPS POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the lens from the driver door courtesy lamp. Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit at the bulb. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 410: Courtesy Lamps Inoperative - Overhead Lamps
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE - OVERHEAD LAMPS POSSIBLE CAUSES JUNCTION BLOCK OPEN COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN FUSE 19 OPEN INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Gain access to the Junction Block C11 Headliner Harness connector but do not disconnect.
Page 411: Courtesy Lamps Inoperative From Dome Lamp Switch Only
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DOME LAMP SWITCH ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH DIMMER BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure all doors are closed and the courtesy lamp switch is turned off. With the DRBIII , read the Courtesy Lamp status. Rotate the Courtesy Switch to the ON position.
Page 412: Courtesy Lamps Inoperative From Left Rear Door
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LEFT REAR DOOR POSSIBLE CAUSES COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LEFT REAR DOOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If this condition still exists, proceed with diagnosis. For this condition: Refer to symptom LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR category.
Page 413: Courtesy Lamps Inoperative From Passenger Door
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER DOOR POSSIBLE CAUSES COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER DOOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If this condition still exists, proceed with diagnosis. For this condition: Refer to symptom PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR category.
Page 414: Courtesy Lamps Inoperative From Right Rear Door
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR POSSIBLE CAUSES COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If this condition still exists, proceed with diagnosis. For this condition: Refer to symptom RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR category.
Page 415: Courtesy Lamps Stay On At All Times
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS STAY ON AT ALL TIMES POSSIBLE CAUSES COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER HEADLINER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT BODY HARNESS SHORT TO GROUND DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 416 INTERIOR LIGHTING *COURTESY LAMPS STAY ON AT ALL TIMES — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure the Courtesy Lamp Switch is off. Close all the passenger doors. Close the Driver Door Lock Latch Assembly. Disconnect the Junction Block C11 connector from the front of the junction block. Observe the Door Courtesy Lamps.
Page 417 INTERIOR LIGHTING *COURTESY LAMPS STAY ON AT ALL TIMES — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. Ensure the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch is connected. Ensure the door latch is in the latched position during this test. Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit in the Body Control Module C4 connector to ground.
Page 418: Charging Voltage High Message
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: CHARGING VOLTAGE HIGH MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: CHARGING VOLTAGE HIGH MESSAGE When Monitored: With the engine running. Set Condition: When the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module receives a high charging system voltage message over the PCI Bus. POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM TROUBLE CODES STORED CODE COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS...
Page 419 MEMORY SEAT CHARGING VOLTAGE HIGH MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. Note: Refer to any technical service bulletins that may apply.
Page 420: Charging Voltage Low Message
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: CHARGING VOLTAGE LOW MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: CHARGING VOLTAGE LOW MESSAGE When Monitored: With the engine running. Set Condition: When the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module receives a low charging system voltage message over the PCI Bus. POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM TROUBLE CODES STORED CODE COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS...
Page 421 MEMORY SEAT CHARGING VOLTAGE LOW MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. Note: Refer to any technical service bulletins that may apply.
Page 422: Driver Mirror Horizontal Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: DRIVER MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the MHSMM is greater than the mirror out of range high value stored in EEPROM.
Page 423: Driver Mirror Horizontal Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: DRIVER MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the MHSMM is less than the mirror out of range low value stored in EEPROM.
Page 424 MEMORY SEAT DRIVER MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit to ground at the driver power mirror harness side connector.
Page 425: Driver Mirror Vertical Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: DRIVER MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the MHSMM is greater than the mirror out of range high value stored in EEPROM.
Page 426: Driver Mirror Vertical Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: DRIVER MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the MHSMM is less than the mirror out of range low value stored in EEPROM.
Page 427 MEMORY SEAT DRIVER MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit to ground at the driver power mirror harness side connector.
Page 428: Eeprom Refresh Failure
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: EEPROM REFRESH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: EEPROM REFRESH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition in the on position. Set Condition: The Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module has a internal EEPROM failure. POSSIBLE CAUSES EEPROM REFRESH FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 429: Front Riser Down Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: FRONT RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Ignition On. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MHSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the stuck condition is removed, the seat will resume to normal operation.
Page 430: Front Riser Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Seat Module has stored in EEPROM. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN FRONT RISER SENSOR SIGNAL SHORT TO MOTOR...
Page 431 MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and front riser motor is operational. With the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Sensors Monitor the Front Riser Position sensor while operating the seat front riser to both limits.
Page 432: Front Riser Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This code is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Seat Module has stored in EEPROM.
Page 433 MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit to body ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 434 MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module. Perform MEMORY HEATED SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 435: Front Riser Up Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: FRONT RISER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT RISER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MHSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the stuck condition is removed, the seat will resume to normal operation.
Page 436: Horizontal Forward Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: HORIZONTAL FORWARD POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: HORIZONTAL FORWARD POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MHSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the stuck condition is removed, the seat will resume to normal operation.
Page 437: Horizontal Rearward Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: HORIZONTAL REARWARD POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: HORIZONTAL REARWARD POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MHSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the stuck condition is removed, the seat will resume to normal operation.
Page 438: Horizontal Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR HIGH...
Page 439 MEMORY SEAT HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and horizontal motor is operational. With the DRBIII select: Body Memory Seat Sensors Monitor the Horizontal Position sensor while operating the seat horizontally to both limits.
Page 440: Horizontal Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR 5 V SUPPLY SHT GND SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY OPEN...
Page 441 MEMORY SEAT HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Sensor connector and the MHSMM connector.
Page 442 MEMORY SEAT HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module. Perform MEMORY HEATED SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 443: Ignition Status Message Not Received
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: IGNITION STATUS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: IGNITION STATUS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in the on position. Set Condition: If the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module does receive this Bus message from the BCM.
Page 444 MEMORY SEAT IGNITION STATUS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness including the PCI bus wire. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Page 445: Loss Of Engine Rpm Message
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: LOSS OF ENGINE RPM MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF ENGINE RPM MESSAGE When Monitored: With the Engine running. Set Condition: When the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module does not receive the engine RPM Bus message. POSSIBLE CAUSES STORED CODE/COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS MEMORY HEATED SEAT MIRROR MODULE...
Page 446: Memory Position #1 Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: MEMORY POSITION #1 STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: MEMORY POSITION #1 STUCK When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the switch is active for 30 seconds the MHSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the stuck position is removed the seat will return to normal operation.
Page 447: Memory Position #2 Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: MEMORY POSITION #2 STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: MEMORY POSITION #2 STUCK When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the switch is active for 30 seconds the MHSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the stuck position is removed the seat will return to normal operation.
Page 448: Memory Set S Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: MEMORY SET S POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: MEMORY SET S POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the switch is active for 30 seconds the MHSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the stuck position is removed the seat will return to normal operation.
Page 449 MEMORY SEAT Symptom: PASSENGER MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH (IF EQUIPPED) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH (IF EQUIPPED) When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the MHSMM is greater than the mirror out of range high value stored in EEPROM.
Page 450 MEMORY SEAT Symptom: PASSENGER MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW (IF EQUIPPED) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW (IF EQUIPPED) When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the MHSMM is less than the mirror out of range low value stored in EEPROM.
Page 451 MEMORY SEAT PASSENGER MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW (IF EQUIPPED) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit to ground at the passenger power mirror harness side connector.
Page 452 MEMORY SEAT Symptom: PASSENGER MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH (IF EQUIPPED) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH (IF EQUIPPED) When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the MHSMM is greater than the mirror out of range high value stored in EEPROM.
Page 453 MEMORY SEAT Symptom: PASSENGER MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW (IF EQUIPPED) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW (IF EQUIPPED) When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the MHSMM is less than the mirror out of range low value stored in EEPROM.
Page 454 MEMORY SEAT PASSENGER MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW (IF EQUIPPED) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit to ground at the passenger power mirror harness side connector.
Page 455: Prndl Disp Msg Not Received
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: PRNDL DISP MSG NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: PRNDL DISP MSG NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: Ignition in the on position. Set Condition: Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module does not receive a PRNDL Bus message from TCM. Note: This DTC can also be set when the ignition switch is cycled with the IOD fuse removed.
Page 456 MEMORY SEAT PRNDL DISP MSG NOT RECEIVED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness including the PCI bus wire. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Page 457: Rear Riser Down Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: REAR RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MHSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the stuck condition is removed, the seat will resume to normal operation.
Page 458: Rear Riser Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN REAR RISER SENSOR HIGH...
Page 459 MEMORY SEAT REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and front riser motor is operational. With the DRBIII select: Body Memory Seat Sensors Monitor the Rear Riser Position sensor while operating the seat rear riser to both limits.
Page 460: Rear Riser Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR RISER POS SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO GROUND REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL CKT OPEN...
Page 461 MEMORY SEAT REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Sensor connector and the Module connector.
Page 462 MEMORY SEAT REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module. Perform MEMORY HEATED SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 463: Rear Riser Up Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: REAR RISER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR RISER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MHSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the stuck condition is removed, the seat will resume to normal operation.
Page 464: Recliner Down Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MHSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the stuck condition is removed, the seat will resume to normal operation.
Page 465: Recliner Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO VOLTAGE...
Page 466 MEMORY SEAT RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and recliner motor is opera- tional. With the DRBIII select: Body Memory Seat Sensors Monitor the Recliner Position sensor while operating the seat Recliner to both limits. Did the voltage ever go above 7.0 volts ONLY when the motor was in operation? Yes →...
Page 467: Recliner Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. POSSIBLE CAUSES RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CKT OPEN RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO GROUND...
Page 468 MEMORY SEAT RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Recliner Position Sensor connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Sensor connector and the Module connector.
Page 469 MEMORY SEAT RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module. Perform MEMORY HEATED SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 470: Recliner Up Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RECLINER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: RECLINER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MHSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the stuck condition is removed, the seat will resume to normal operation.
Page 471: Driver Mirror Inoperative From Memory
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: *DRIVER MIRROR INOPERATIVE FROM MEMORY POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER MIRROR LEFT DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN DRIVER MIRROR-COMMON DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER MIRROR-UP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN MEMORY HEATED SEAT MIRROR MODULE MEMORY HEATED SEAT MIRROR MODULE- SENSOR GROUND TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 472 MEMORY SEAT *DRIVER MIRROR INOPERATIVE FROM MEMORY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: If the seat is unbolted for testing, connect a jumper wire from the seat frame to a known good ground. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect memory heated seat mirror module harness connector C2. Turn the ignition on.
Page 473: Memory Switch Inoperative
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: *MEMORY SWITCH INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN MEMORY POSITION 1 SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN MEMORY POSITION 2 SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN MEMORY SET SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN MEMORY SET SWITCH MEMORY HEATED SEAT MIRROR MODULE - POSITION 1 MEMORY HEATED SEAT MIRROR MODULE - POSITION 2 MEMORY HEATED SEAT MIRROR MODULE - SET SWITCH TEST...
Page 474 MEMORY SEAT *MEMORY SWITCH INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Set Switch. Perform MEMORY HEATED SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Set Switch connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Mirror Module C1 connector.
Page 475 MEMORY SEAT Symptom: *PASSENGER MIRROR INOPERATIVE FROM MEMORY EQUIPPED) POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER MIRROR LEFT DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN PASSENGER MIRROR-COMMON DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER MIRROR-UP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN MEMORY HEATED SEAT MIRROR MODULE MEMORY HEATED SEAT MIRROR MODULE- SENSOR GROUND TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 476: Passenger Mirror Inoperative From Memory (If Equipped)
MEMORY SEAT *PASSENGER MIRROR INOPERATIVE FROM MEMORY (IF EQUIPPED) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: If the seat is unbolted for testing, connect a jumper wire from the seat frame to a known good ground. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect memory heated seat mirror module harness connector C2. Turn the ignition on.
Page 477: Bus Messages Missing
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: BUS MESSAGES MISSING When Monitored and Set Condition: BUS MESSAGES MISSING When Monitored: With the ignition on, while the EVIC is performing a series of tests on the microprocessor, compass coil, and internal circuitry. Set Condition: The code will be set, if during the self test the EVIC does not receive PCI bus messages from the BCM, MIC or PCM.
Page 478: Cmtc Internal Failure
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom List: CMTC INTERNAL FAILURE EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be CMTC INTERNAL FAILURE. When Monitored and Set Condition: CMTC INTERNAL FAILURE When Monitored: When a SELF TEST command is received from the DRBIII, the CMTC performs a series of tests on the microprocessor, compass coil and internal circuitry.
Page 479: Compass Test Failure
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: COMPASS TEST FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Perform the EVIC self test. Turn the ignition off. Depress and hold the RESET and C/T buttons while turning the ignition on. NOTE: This test may also be performed using the DRBIII . Does the EVIC or DRBIII display FAILED SELF TEST ? Yes →...
Page 480: Demagnetize Compass
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS POSSIBLE CAUSES DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: A blank compass display indicates that vehicle demagnetizing is required. NOTE: After demagnetizing, the vehicle will enter Auto Fast-Cal when the ignition is turned on. NOTE: Ensure that the correct compass variance is stored in the compass memory.
Page 481: No Bcm Messages Received
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: NO BCM MESSAGES RECEIVED POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - BCM COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Does the DRBIII display NO BCM MESSAGES RECEIVED? Yes →...
Page 482: No Pcm Messages Received
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - PCM COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Start the engine. With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Does the DRBIII display NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED? Yes →...
Page 483: Set Compass Variance As Per Service Information
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: SET COMPASS VARIANCE AS PER SERVICE INFORMATION POSSIBLE CAUSES SET COMPASS VARIANCE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Refer to the Service Information for the Compass Variance procedure. View repair for the Verification Test. Repair When the Compass Variance procedure is complete perform the Verification Test.
Page 484: Display Segments Fail To Illuminate
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom List: *DISPLAY SEGMENTS FAIL TO ILLUMINATE *DISTANCE TO EMPTY INOPERATIVE OR WRONG *ELAPSED TIME INOPERATIVE OR WRONG *MILEAGE AND DISTANCE FUNCTIONS Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be *DISPLAY SEGMENTS FAIL TO ILLUMINATE.
Page 485: Evic Inoperative
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: *EVIC INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Diagnose and repair any BCM, PCM, or COMMUNICATION DTCs before proceeding. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Overhead Console harness connector.
Page 486: Evic Self Test
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: *EVIC SELF TEST POSSIBLE CAUSES BUS MESSAGES MISSING FAILED SELF TEST EVIC SELF TEST TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , select Body , EVIC , System Test and then Self Test . This test will verify internal functions of the EVIC module. Test Failures (if any) will be displayed following the test.
Page 487: Otis Screen Displays Fail
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: *OTIS SCREEN DISPLAYS FAIL POSSIBLE CAUSES OTIS SCREEN DISPLAYS FAIL TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Verify the problem still exists. Using the DRBIII, select Auto Self Test and observe the OTIS screen. Does the OTIS screen display FAIL ? Yes →...
Page 488: Temperature Display Inoperative Or Wrong
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: *TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INOPERATIVE OR WRONG POSSIBLE CAUSES AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR DTC IN PCM COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure that the CMTC is communicating on the PCI Bus before proceeding with this test. NOTE: The Ambient Temperature Sensor is hardwired to the PCM. Ambient temperature information is transmitted to the CMTC via the PCI Bus.
Page 489: Decklid Release Solenoid Output Failure
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OUTPUT FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OUTPUT FAILURE When Monitored: During decklid release solenoid actuation. Set Condition: The BCM detects a short or a open on the decklid release control. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING DTC PRIORITY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 490 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OUTPUT FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Decklid Release Control circuit in the Decklid Release Solenoid connector.
Page 491 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OUTPUT FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. Measure the resistance of the Decklid Release Control circuit between the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch connector and the Junction Block Body Control Module connector (cavity 8).
Page 492: Decklid Release Switch Failure
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The BCM monitors voltage present on the decklid release switch output circuit. If voltage is present for over 30 seconds, this DTC will set. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING DTC PRIORITY DEFECTIVE DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH...
Page 493 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Body Control Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 494: Driver Door Central Lock (Arm)/Unlock (Disarm) Switch Failure
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: DRIVER DOOR CENTRAL LOCK (ARM)/UNLOCK (DISARM) SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER DOOR CENTRAL LOCK (ARM)/UNLOCK (DISARM) SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously Set Condition: The BCM detects a signal on the input for over 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING DTC PRIORITY BINDING DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH...
Page 495 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE DRIVER DOOR CENTRAL LOCK (ARM)/UNLOCK (DISARM) SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C4 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes →...
Page 496: Rke Fob Battery Low
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: RKE FOB BATTERY LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: RKE FOB BATTERY LOW When Monitored: Anytime an RKE message is received from the transmitter. Set Condition: RKE receiver detects an RKE FOB battery low signal (less than 3 volts) for 5 consecutive button presses.
Page 497: Rke Program Mode Entered Without Program Request
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: RKE PROGRAM MODE ENTERED WITHOUT PROGRAM REQUEST When Monitored and Set Condition: RKE PROGRAM MODE ENTERED WITHOUT PROGRAM REQUEST When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The BCM receives an indication from the RKE module that it has entered program mode without the BCM requesting so.
Page 498: Rke Unable To Enter Program Mode
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: RKE UNABLE TO ENTER PROGRAM MODE When Monitored and Set Condition: RKE UNABLE TO ENTER PROGRAM MODE When Monitored: While attempting to program RKE. Set Condition: Lack of response from the RKE module while attempting to put it in program mode.
Page 499: All Doors Failing To Lock And Unlock From Any Switch
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER #2 OBSERVE THE DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE STATUS WITH SWITCH IN THE LOCK POSI- TION FUSED B(+) OPEN CIRCUIT OPEN FROM PDC FUSED B(+) TO RELAY COIL CIRCUIT OPEN FROM PDC FUSE PASSENGER POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH-SHORTED TO VOLTAGE RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 500 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB, observe the Door Lock Switch Voltage. Is the voltage above 0.2 volts? Yes → Go To 3 → Go To 8 Disconnect the Passenger Power Door Lock harness connector.
Page 501 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII, observe the Door Lock Switch voltage Press and hold the Driver Power Door Lock Switch in the lock position and observe the DRB.
Page 502 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Ensure the Driver Door Lock Switch is connected before proceeding. Disconnect the BCM C4 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Switch MUX circuit in the BCM C4 connector to ground.
Page 503 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Door Lock Relay from the Junction Block. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit.(cavity 84) in the relay connector.
Page 504 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 505: All Doors Failing To Lock And Unlock From One Switch
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ONE SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND DOOR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN DOOR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH OPEN...
Page 506 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ONE SWITCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the inoperative Door Cylinder Lock Switch connector. Disconnect the BCM C4 connector. Measure the resistance of the Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit between the Switch connector and the BCM C4 connector.
Page 507 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ONE SWITCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the inoperative Power Door Lock Switch connector. Connect a jumper wire between the Door Switch Mux circuit and Fused B(+). With the DRBIII , read the Door Lock Sw Volts status. Is the voltage above 9.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 508: All Doors Failing To Lock From Any Switch
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK FROM ANY SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT IN JUNCTION BLOCK LOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND DOOR LOCK RELAY-OPEN/SHORTED COIL DOOR LOCK RELAY-SHORTED TERMINALS DOOR UNLOCK RELAY GROUND OPEN DOOR UNLOCK RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK-LOCK RELAY CONTROL CKT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - LOCK RELAY CONTROL OPEN...
Page 509 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK FROM ANY SWITCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove all 3 power door lock relays (door lock, door unlock and driver door unlock) from the Junction Block. Measure the resistance between ground and the Lock Relay Output (cavity 81) circuit in the Lock Relay connector..
Page 510: All Doors Failing To Lock From One Switch
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK FROM ONE SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES DOOR LOCK SWITCH OR DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH OPERATION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Lower the driver door window. Operate the power door lock switch or the door cylinder lock switch in the lock position.
Page 511: All Doors Failing To Unlock From Any Switch
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ALL DOORS FAILING TO UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT IN JUNCTION BLOCK UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND DOOR UNLOCK RELAY - OPEN/SHORTED COIL DOOR UNLOCK RELAY-SHORTED TERMINALS DOOR LOCK RELAY GROUND OPEN DOOR LOCK RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK - UNLOCK RELAY CONTROL CKT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - UNLOCK RELAY CONTROL OPEN...
Page 512 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *ALL DOORS FAILING TO UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove all 3 power door lock relays (door lock, door unlock and driver door unlock) from the Junction Block. Measure the resistance between ground and the Unlock Relay Output (cavity 76) circuit in the Unlock Relay connector..
Page 513: All Doors Failing To Unlock From One Switch
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ALL DOORS FAILING TO UNLOCK FROM ONE SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES DOOR LOCK SWITCH OR DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH OPERATION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Operate the power door lock switch or the door cylinder lock switch in the unlock position.
Page 514: Automatic (Rolling) Door Locks Inoperative
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *AUTOMATIC (ROLLING) DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE DOOR AJAR SWITCH STATUS WITH THE DRB CHECK FOR PCM DTC’S WITH THE DRB ENABLE AUTO DOOR LOCKS BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure all doors are closed. With the DRBIII, enter Body Computer then Input/Output and observe all of the Door Ajar states.
Page 515: Decklid Release Inoperative
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *DECKLID RELEASE INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH OPEN DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN DECKLID RELEASE CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off.
Page 516 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *DECKLID RELEASE INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector. Connect a 12-volt Test Light between the decklid release control ckt and the ground circuit (cavs 1 and 3). Disconnect the Decklid Release Switch harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Decklid Release Switch Output circuit on the Decklid Release Switch harness connector.
Page 517: Door Lock Inhibit Inoperative
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *DOOR LOCK INHIBIT INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH STATUS OBSERVE THE KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS IGNITION SWITCH OPEN KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - INCORRECT KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 518 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *DOOR LOCK INHIBIT INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Switch harness connector. Turn all lights off. Measure the resistance between ground and the ground circuit in the ignition switch connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 519: Driver Door Fails To Lock From Any Switch
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK FROM ANY SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Driver Door Unlock Relay from the Junction Block. Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit in the Driver Door Unlock Relay connector (cavity 79).
Page 520: Driver Door Fails To Unlock From Any Switch
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY FUSED B(+) OPEN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK JUNCTION BLOCK - DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY CONTROL CKT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY DRIVER OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 521: One Door Fails To Lock And Unlock From Any Switch
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ONE DOOR FAILS TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES DOOR LOCK MOTOR - OPEN LOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR - OPEN DRIVER UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN LOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OPEN TEST...
Page 522 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *ONE DOOR FAILS TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Remove the Driver Door Unlock Relay in the Junction Block. Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Unlock Relay Output circuit between the Driver Door Unlock Relay connector and the Driver Door Lock Motor connector.
Page 523: Remote Keyless Entry Problem
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSES RKE DTC’S PRESENT TEST TRANSMITTER WITH TESTER RKE TRANSMITTER NOT PROGRAMMED TESTING THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE REPLACE TRANSMITTER RKE MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Are there any RKE related codes present? Yes →...
Page 524 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROBLEM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Secure a known good transmitter from another JR or LH vehicle. With the DRBIII, enter BODY, BODY COMPUTER, MISCELLANEOUS then PROGRAM RKE and follow the instructions to program the substitute transmitter. NOTE: If the RKE module will not go into programming mode, replace the RKE module and continue testing.
Page 525: Rke Horn Chirp Inoperative
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *RKE HORN CHIRP INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE HORN OPERATION CHECK THE RKE HORN CHIRP STATUS JUNCTION BLOCK-HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - HORN RELAY CONTROL OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Press the horn button on the steering wheel. Does the horn sound? Yes →...
Page 526: Speed Pro Steering Ckt Short To Voltage
SPEED PRO STEERING Symptom: SPEED PRO STEERING CKT SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: SPEED PRO STEERING CKT SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored: With ignition on. Set Condition: BCM detects current flowing through the speed pro steering solenoid even though it is attempting to drive it.
Page 527 SPEED PRO STEERING SPEED PRO STEERING CKT SHORT TO VOLTAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Speed Pro Steering Solenoid harness connector. Start the engine. Measure the voltage of the Speed Pro Steering Solenoid (+) circuit in the Speed Pro Steering Solenoid harness connector.
Page 528: Speed Pro Steering Solenoid Ckt Open/Shorted To Ground
SPEED PRO STEERING Symptom: SPEED PRO STEERING SOLENOID CKT OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: SPEED PRO STEERING SOLENOID CKT OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored: With ignition on. Set Condition: BCM detects no current flowing through the speed pro steering solenoid when it attempts to drive it.
Page 529 SPEED PRO STEERING SPEED PRO STEERING SOLENOID CKT OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Speed Pro Steering Solenoid harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Speed Pro Steering Solenoid (+) circuit in the Speed Pro Steering Solenoid harness connector.
Page 530 SPEED PRO STEERING SPEED PRO STEERING SOLENOID CKT OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Speed Pro Steering Solenoid harness connector. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. Measure the resistance of the Speed Pro Steering Solenoid (+) circuit between the Junction Block BCM connector and the Speed Pro Steering Solenoid connector.
Page 531: Speed Pro Steering Solenoid Over-Temperature
SPEED PRO STEERING Symptom: SPEED PRO STEERING SOLENOID OVER-TEMPERATURE When Monitored and Set Condition: SPEED PRO STEERING SOLENOID OVER-TEMPERATURE When Monitored: With ignition on. Set Condition: BCM detects an over temperature condition on its Speed Proportional Output Driver. POSSIBLE CAUSES SPEED PRO STEERING SOLENOID INTERMITTENT WIRING SHORT TO GROUND OPEN/SHORTED SPEED PRO STEERING SOLENOID SPEED PROPORTIONAL STEERING CHECK SOLENOID OVER-TEMPERATURE...
Page 532 SPEED PRO STEERING SPEED PRO STEERING SOLENOID OVER-TEMPERATURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors from the BCM to the Speed Pro Steering Solenoid. Check for chafed, pinched, open or shorted wiring. Were there any problems found? Yes →...
Page 533: Lf Sensor Battery Low
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING Symptom List: LF SENSOR BATTERY LOW LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE LR SENSOR BATTERY LOW LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE RF SENSOR BATTERY LOW RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE RR SENSOR BATTERY LOW RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE SPARE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE SPARE TIRE SENSOR BATTERY LOW Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
Page 534 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING LF SENSOR BATTERY LOW — Continued RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored: Key ON. Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a no-transmit condition from the RF Sensor/ Transmitter. RR SENSOR BATTERY LOW When Monitored: Key ON. Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a low battery condition from the RR Sensor/ Transmitter.
Page 535 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING LF SENSOR BATTERY LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Observe the EVIC display. Does the EVIC display TIRE SENSOR BAD/MISSING? Yes → Replace the EVIC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform TIRE PRESSURE VERIFICATION TEST. →...
Page 536: Alarm Trips On Its Own
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN POSSIBLE CAUSES LAST VTSS CAUSE INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the Last VTSS Cause state. Were there any causes displayed? Yes → Check for a possible intermittent condition with the circuit indicated by the DRBIII .
Page 537: Driver Door Key Fails To Arm Or To Disarm Vtss
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR KEY FAILS TO ARM OR TO DISARM VTSS POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B+ OPEN DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH BCM--VTSS WON’T ARM OR DISARM WITH DOOR KEY TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 538: Hazard Lamps Fail To Flash
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *HAZARD LAMPS FAIL TO FLASH POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFY HAZARD OPERATION BCM -- HAZARDS INOPERATIVE WITH VTSS ALARM TRIPPED TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn on the Hazard Lamps on. Do the Hazard Lamps operate properly? Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
Page 539: Headlamp/Park Lamps Fail To Flash With Alarm Tripped
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *HEADLAMP/PARK LAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WITH ALARM TRIPPED POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFY LOW BEAM OPERATION BCM -- HEADLAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WHEN VTSS IS IN ALARM TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the Low Beam Headlamps on. Do the Low Beam Headlamps operate properly? Yes →...
Page 540: Horn Fails To Sound With Alarm Tripped
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *HORN FAILS TO SOUND WITH ALARM TRIPPED POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK HORN OPERATION JUNCTION BLOCK - OPEN HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE-OPEN HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Push the Horn Button on the Steering Wheel. Does the Horn operate properly? Yes →...
Page 541: Vtss Does Not Trip From Drivers Door
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM DRIVERS DOOR POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM DRIVER DOOR CHECK DRBIII FOR DRIVER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read the DRVR DOOR AJAR SW status. Open the driver door. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes →...
Page 542: Vtss Does Not Trip From Left Rear Door
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LEFT REAR DOOR POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR RESPONSE BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM LEFT REAR DOOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read the LR DOOR AJAR SW status. Open the left rear door.
Page 543: Vtss Does Not Trip From Passenger Front Door
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM PASSENGER DOOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW status. Open the passenger door.
Page 544: Vtss Does Not Trip From Right Rear Door
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR RESPONSE BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read the RR DOOR AJAR SW status. Open the right rear door.
Page 545: Vtss Does Not Trip With Trunk Knockout Switch
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP WITH TRUNK KNOCKOUT SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BCM -- NO ALARM FROM TRUNK KNOCKOUT SWITCH TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the BCM C4 harness connector. Disconnect the Trunk Knockout Switch harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Decklid Security Switch Sense circuit.
Page 546: Vtss Indicator Inoperative
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN VTSS INDICATOR FUSED B(+) SUPPLY OPEN VTSS LED VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE--OPEN INTERNAL VTSS DRIVER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Sun Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector. Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 547: Vtss Will Not Arm
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS WILL NOT ARM POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE VTSS STATUS CHECK THE BCM FOR DTCS BODY CONTROL MODULE - NO ALARM OUTPUT TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , check that the Theft Alarm is enabled. Was the Theft Alarm enabled? Yes →...
Page 548 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE/WIPERS RUN CONTINUOUSLY When Monitored and Set Condition: WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE/WIPERS RUN CONTINUOUSLY When Monitored: The ignition must be in the run position and battery voltage supplied to the BCM on the Fused B(+) circuit. Set Condition: The code will set if the BCM does not detect a low to high voltage transition on the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit within 8 seconds after energizing the wiper relay On/Off relay.
Page 549 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE/WIPERS RUN CONTINUOUSLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit between the BCM C3 harness connector and the Wiper Motor harness connector.
Page 550: Headlamp Washers Not Operating Properly
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: *HEADLAMP WASHERS NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM NOT OPERATING PROPERLY WINDSHIELD WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM NOT OPERATING PROPERLY FUSED B+ CIRCUIT(S) OPEN HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 551 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *HEADLAMP WASHERS NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Headlamp Washer Relay from the PDC. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check both Fused B(+) circuits in the Headlamp Washer Relay connector.
Page 552 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *HEADLAMP WASHERS NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Headlamp Washer Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the Headlamp Washer Pump Motor harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Washer Relay Output circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 553 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *HEADLAMP WASHERS NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Body Control Module (BCM). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 554: Washer, Inoperative
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: *WASHER, INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN/ACC CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN/ACC SHORT TO GROUND WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND WASHER PUMP SWITCH INTERNALLY SHORTED WASHER PUMP SHORTED FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN/ACC CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN WASHER PUMP CONTROL SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN WASHER PUMP SWITCH OPEN...
Page 555 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *WASHER, INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Washer Pump harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Multi-Function Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Washer Pump Control Switch Output circuit.
Page 556 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *WASHER, INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Windshield Washer Pump Motor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Washer Pump Motor Control Output circuit at the Windshield Washer Pump Motor harness connector.
Page 557: Washer, Runs All The Time With Ignition On
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: *WASHER, RUNS ALL THE TIME WITH IGNITION ON POSSIBLE CAUSES WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE WASHER PUMP SWITCH SHORT TO VOLTAGE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure that the washer switch is in the off position. Turn the ignition on.
Page 558: Wiper, Not Working In The Low Speed
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: *WIPER, NOT WORKING IN THE LOW SPEED POSSIBLE CAUSES WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH LOW SWITCH OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN LOW SPEED OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN WIPER MOTOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 559 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *WIPER, NOT WORKING IN THE LOW SPEED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Wiper High/Low Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Wiper High/Low Relay Control circuit.
Page 560: Wiper, Erratic Operation In Intermittent Speeds
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: *WIPER, ERRATIC OPERATION IN INTERMITTENT SPEEDS POSSIBLE CAUSES WIPER ON/OFF RELAY WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND WIPER MOTOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Install a substitute relay in place of the Wiper On/Off Relay Turn the ignition on.
Page 561 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *WIPER, ERRATIC OPERATION IN INTERMITTENT SPEEDS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, monitor the wiper park switch state. Connect one end of a jumper wire to the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit at the Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector.
Page 562: Wiper, No Wipe After Wash
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: *WIPER, NO WIPE AFTER WASH POSSIBLE CAUSES WIPER OPERATION WASHER PUMP CONTROL SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Turn the wiper switch to each intermittent position, then to the low speed and high speed positions.
Page 563: Wiper, Not Working At All
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: *WIPER, NOT WORKING AT ALL POSSIBLE CAUSES WIPER MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY COMMON CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND OPEN COMMON CIRCUIT OPEN WIPER ON/OFF RELAY WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE...
Page 564 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *WIPER, NOT WORKING AT ALL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Wiper On/Off Relay from the PDC. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe both Fused B(+) circuits in the PDC. Does the test light illuminate brightly at each terminal? Yes →...
Page 565 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *WIPER, NOT WORKING AT ALL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Wiper On/Off Relay from the PDC. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the wiper on/off relay control circuit at the Wiper On/Off Relay connector in the PDC. With the DRBIII , actuate the wiper on/off relay.
Page 566 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *WIPER, NOT WORKING AT ALL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the multi-function switch harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the intermittent wiper switch volts. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, momentarily connect and disconnect the test light to the wiper mux switch signal circuit at the multi-function switch harness connector.
Page 567 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *WIPER, NOT WORKING AT ALL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the wiper High/Low Relay from the PDC. Remove the wiper On/Off Relay from the PDC. Measure the resistance of the Common circuit between the High/Low Relay and the On/Off relay in the PDC.
Page 568: Wiper, Not Working In The High Speed
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: *WIPER, NOT WORKING IN THE HIGH SPEED POSSIBLE CAUSES WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH HIGH SWITCH OPEN WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL CKT SHORT TO VOLTAGE WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CKT OPEN HIGH SPEED OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN HIGH SPEED OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND WIPER MOTOR- HI SPEED RELAY...
Page 569 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *WIPER, NOT WORKING IN THE HIGH SPEED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Wiper High/Low Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Wiper High/Low Relay Control circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes →...
Page 570 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *WIPER, NOT WORKING IN THE HIGH SPEED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Wiper High/Low Relay. Disconnect the Wiper Motor harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Wiper High Speed Output circuit. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 571: Wiper, Runs All The Time With Ignition On
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: *WIPER, RUNS ALL THE TIME WITH IGNITION ON POSSIBLE CAUSES WIPER ON/OFF RELAY WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND LOW SPEED OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE HIGH SPEED OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE COMMON CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE TEST ACTION...
Page 572 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER *WIPER, RUNS ALL THE TIME WITH IGNITION ON — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Wiper On/Off and High/Low Relays. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Common circuit at the Wiper High/Low Relay connector in the PDC.
Page 573: Verification Tests
VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests 41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY 1. NOTE: After completion of the Transmission Verification Test, the Powertrain Verification Test must be performed. Refer to the Powertrain Category. 2. Connect the DRBIII to the Data Link Connector (DLC). 3.
Page 574 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Connect all previously disconnected components and connectors. 3. Ensure all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged. 4. Ensure that the Ignition is on, and with the DRBIII, erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes from ALL modules.
Page 575 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY 1. Disconnect all jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors. 2. NOTE: If the SKIM or PCM was replaced, refer to the service information for proper programming procedures.
Page 576 1. Reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors. 2. Obtain the vehicle’s unique Personal Identification Number (PIN) assigned to it’s original SKIM. This number can be obtained from the vehicle’s invoice or Chrysler’s Customer Center (1-800-992-1997). 3. NOTE: When entering the PIN, care should be taken because the SKIM will only allow 3 consecutive attempts to enter the correct PIN.
Page 577 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued SPEED PRO STEERING VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY 1. Connect all previously disconnected components and connectors. 2. With the DRBIII , erase DTC’s. 3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 4. With the DRBIII , read DTC’s. If any DTCs are present return to the Symptom List and perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure.
Page 578 NOTES...
Page 579: Component Locations
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM...
Page 580: Audio
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.2 AUDIO 8.2.1 ANTENNA MODULE 8.2.2 AMPLIFIER (INFINITY 2) 8.2.3 AMPLIFIER (INFINITY 1)
Page 581: Communication
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.3 COMMUNICATION...
Page 582: Electrically Heated Systems
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.4 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS 8.4.1 SWITCHES 8.4.2 HEATED SEAT MODULE 8.5 HEATING AND A/C 8.5.1 ACTUATORS...
Page 583: Automatic Temperature Control Head
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.5.2 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL HEAD 8.5.3 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL HEAD 8.6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 8.6.1 CHRYSLER (TYPICAL)
Page 584: Decklid Ajar Switch
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (Continued) 8.6.2 DECKLID AJAR SWITCH 8.6.3 FUEL PUMP MODULE (HARNESS CONNECTOR)-C308 8.6.4 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH...
Page 585: Parking Brake Switch
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.6.5 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH 8.6.6 WASHER FLUID LEVEL 8.7 INTERIOR LIGHTING 8.7.1 HEADLINER CONNECTOR...
Page 586: Door Ajar Switch
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.7 INTERIOR LIGHTING (Continued) 8.7.2 DOOR AJAR SWITCH 8.8 MEMORY SYSTEM 8.8.1 MEMORY SWITCH 8.8.2 MEMORY MODULE...
Page 587: Memory Seat Motors
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.8.3 MEMORY SEAT MOTORS 8.9 OVERHEAD TRAVEL INFORMATION SYSTEM 8.9.1 OTIS MODEL 8.9.2 HEADLINER CONNECTOR (J/B C-11)
Page 588: Power Door Locks
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.10 POWER DOOR LOCKS 8.10.1 DOOR LOCK MOTOR 8.10.2 RKE MODULE...
Page 589: Speed Proportional Steering
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.11 SPEED PROPORTIONAL STEERING 8.11.1 SOLENOID 8.11.2 CONNECTOR 8.12 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (VTSS)
Page 590: Wiper System
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.13 WIPER SYSTEM 8.13.1 WIPER MOTOR 8.13.2 WASHER RESERVOIR...
Page 591: Connector Pinouts
CONNECTOR PINOUTS 9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION C2 14DB/BK A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT Z1 14BK GROUND A/C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER CIRCUIT FUNCTION K4 20BK/LB SENSOR GROUND K6 20VT/WT 5 VOLT SUPPLY C18 20DB A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE (ORC) CIRCUIT FUNCTION R42 18BK/YL...
Page 592: Ambient Temperature Sensor
CONNECTOR PINOUTS AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FUNCTION K25 20VT/LG AAT SIGNAL K4 20BK/LB SENSOR GROUND ANALOG CLOCK (LTD/300M) CIRCUIT FUNCTION M1 20PK FUSED B(+) Z2 20BK/LG GROUND E2 20OR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL HEAD CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z2 20BK/LG GROUND D25 20VT/YL PCI BUS...
Page 593: Blower Motor Power Module (Atc)
CONNECTOR PINOUTS BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE (ATC) CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z1 12BK GROUND C56 22RD/LG BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL C1 12DG FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK CIRCUIT FUNCTION C7 12BK/TN HIGH BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER C6 16LB M2 BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER C1 12DG FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) C4 18TN...
Page 594: Body Control Module C2
CONNECTOR PINOUTS BODY CONTROL MODULE C2 CIRCUIT FUNCTION C36 22RD/WT BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL G52 20YL HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX X20 20GY/WT RADIO CONTROL MUX D19 20VT/OR SCI RECEIVE (TCM) C9 22YL/DG (ATC) ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVER C56 22RD/LG (ATC) BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL V10 20BR FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL V52 20DG/RD...
Page 595: Body Control Module C4
CONNECTOR PINOUTS BODY CONTROL MODULE C4 CIRCUIT FUNCTION G74 20TN/RD DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE (LR) G74 20TN/RD DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE (PASS) G72 20DG/OR PASSENGER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX G75 20TN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE P97 20WT/DG DRIVER DOOR SWITCH MUX G4 20DB FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL G71 18VT/WT...
Page 596: C202 (Mtc)
CONNECTOR PINOUTS C202 (MTC) CIRCUIT C34 22BR/WT C35 22DG/YL C33 22DB/RD C32 22GY/DB C57 20DB/GY C26 22PK/DB C7 12BK/TN C1 12DG C12 22LG/BK C36 22RD/WT C37 22YL/WT C4 18TN C5 16LG C6 16LB C203 (ATC) CIRCUIT C34 20BR/WT C35 22DG/YL C33 22DB/RD C32 20GY/DB C57 20DB/GY...
Page 597: C309
CONNECTOR PINOUTS C309 CIRCUIT R31 20LG/OR R33 20LG/WT C309 CIRCUIT R31 20LG/OR R33 20LG/WT C310 CIRCUIT R32 20LB/OR R34 20LB/WT C310 CIRCUIT R32 20LB/OR R34 20LB/WT CENTER INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER CIRCUIT FUNCTION X89 18PK/BK AMPLIFIED CENTER INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-) X88 18PK/RD AMPLIFIED CENTER INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+) CLOCKSPRING C1...
Page 598: Clockspring C2
CONNECTOR PINOUTS CLOCKSPRING C2 CIRCUIT FUNCTION R43 18BK/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 R45 18DG/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CLOCKSPRING C3 CIRCUIT FUNCTION V37 22RD/LG S/C SWITCH SIGNAL K4 22BK/LB SENSOR GROUND X920 22GY/OR RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN X20 22GY/WT RADIO CONTROL MUX COMPACT DISC CHANGER (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) CIRCUIT...
Page 599: Controller Antilock Brake
CONNECTOR PINOUTS CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z1 12BK GROUND B1 18YL/DB RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL B2 18YL RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY D25 18VT/YL PCI BUS B6 18WT/DB RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL B7 18WT RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY A20 12RD/DB...
Page 600: Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch
CONNECTOR PINOUTS DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z1 20BK GROUND G78 20TN/BK DECKLID AJAR SWITCH SENSE P2 20BK/WT DECKLID RELEASE CONTROL DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION P1 20BK/WT DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH OUTPUT M1 20PK FUSED B(+) F30 20PK (POLICE PACK- FUSED B(+) AGE BATTERY POSITION) F30 20PK (POLICE PACK-...
Page 601: Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch
CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION G75 20TN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE Z1 20BK GROUND P55 16DB DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT P33 16OR DOOR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT DRIVER HEATED SEAT BACK CIRCUIT FUNCTION P88 16BR/BK HEATED SEAT DRIVER Z1 20BK GROUND...
Page 602: Driver Heated Seat Cushion (Cushion Side)
CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION (CUSHION SIDE) CIRCUIT FUNCTION SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER HEATED SEAT DRIVER BK/RD SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT BK/RD SEAT TEMPERATURE 5VOLT SUPPLY DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION P137 20VT/DG DRIVER SEAT LOW HEAT LED DRIVER Z1 20BK (EXCEPT MEM- GROUND ORY SEATS)
Page 603: Driver Power Seat Front Riser Motor
CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR CIRCUIT FUNCTION P19 16YL/LG (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT FRONT UP MEMORY SEATS) P119 16YL/LG (MEMORY SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER SEATS) P21 16RD/LG (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT FRONT DOWN MEMORY SEATS) P121 16RD/LG (MEMORY SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER SEATS) DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR SENSOR (MEMORY) CIRCUIT...
Page 604: Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Motor
CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR CIRCUIT FUNCTION P11 16YL/WT (EXCEPT SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE MEMORY SEATS) P111 16YL/WT (MEMORY SEAT REAR UP DRIVER SEATS) P13 16RD/WT (EXCEPT SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE MEMORY SEATS) P113 16RD/WT (MEMORY SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER SEATS) DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR SENSOR (MEMORY)
Page 605: Driver Power Seat Switch
CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION F35 16RD (EXCEPT MEM- FUSED B(+) ORY SEATS) P9 20RD (MEMORY SEAT SWITCH B(+) SUPPLY SEATS) P41 16GY/WT (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT RECLINER SWITCH UP MEMORY SEATS) P48 20GY/WT (MEMORY RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE SEATS) P17 16RD/LB (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD...
Page 606: Evaporator Temperature Sensor
CONNECTOR PINOUTS EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FUNCTION C12 20LG/BK EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL C57 20DB/GY SENSOR GROUND HEATED MIRROR FUSE CIRCUIT FUNCTION C16 20LB/YL FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT C15 10BK/WT REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION A81 14DG/RD IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
Page 607: Instrument Cluster C2
CONNECTOR PINOUTS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER C2 CIRCUIT FUNCTION G5 18DB/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) G9 22GY/BK BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER G29 22BK/TN WASHER FLUID SWITCH SENSE L61 18LG LEFT TURN SIGNAL Z1 22BK GROUND B27 20RD/YL TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH SENSE G78 20TN/BK DECKLID CONTROL SWITCH SENSE G6 22GY...
Page 608 CONNECTOR PINOUTS...
Page 609: Circuit Breakers
CONNECTOR PINOUTS CIRCUIT BREAKERS CB NO. AMPS FUSED CIRCUIT FUNCTION F21 14TN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) F35 16RD FUSED B(+) DOOR LOCK RELAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION INTERNAL LOCK RELAY OUTPUT INTERNAL FUSED B(+) INTERNAL FUSED B(+) INTERNAL GROUND INTERNAL DOOR LOCK RELAY CONTROL DOOR UNLOCK RELAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION...
Page 610: Junction Block Body Control Module-Jb
CONNECTOR PINOUTS JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE-JB CIRCUIT FUNCTION GROUND COURTESY LAMP DRIVER SPEED PROPORTIONAL STEERING SOLENOID (-) SPEED PROPORTIONAL STEERING SOLENOID (+) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT FUSED B(+) DECKLID RELEASE CONTROL PCI BUS (OTIS) P109 DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY CONTROL L307...
Page 611: Junction Block C3
CONNECTOR PINOUTS JUNCTION BLOCK C3 CIRCUIT FUNCTION A81 14DG/RD IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START) X12 20RD FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) Z2 18BK/LG GROUND G9 22GY/BK (EXCEPT PO- RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER LICE PACKAGE) L99 20GY/BK (POLICE FUSED B(+) PACKAGE) F11 20RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START) F11 20RD/WT...
Page 612: Junction Block C7
CONNECTOR PINOUTS JUNCTION BLOCK C7 CIRCUIT FUNCTION G9 20GY/BK RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER P2 20BK/WT DECKLID RELEASE CONTROL F35 16RD FUSED B(+) F35 16RD FUSED B(+) M1 20PK FUSED B(+) M1 20PK FUSED B(+) G5 20DB/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) L7 18BK/YL PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT F21 14TN...
Page 613: Left Horn
CONNECTOR PINOUTS LEFT HORN CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z1 18BK GROUND X2 18DG/RD HORN RELAY OUTPUT LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION G74 20TN/RD DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE Z1 20BK GROUND P34 16PK/BK UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT P33 16OR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (PREMIUM) CIRCUIT FUNCTION...
Page 614: Left Remote Radio Switch
CONNECTOR PINOUTS LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION X20 22GY/WT RADIO CONTROL MUX X920 22GY/OR RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN LEFT SEAT AIRBAG SQUIB CIRCUIT FUNCTION R31 20LG/OR LEFT SEAT SQUIB 1 LINE 1 R33 20LG/WT LEFT SEAT SQUIB 1 LINE 2 LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE CIRCUIT FUNCTION...
Page 615: Manual Temperature Control Head C2
CONNECTOR PINOUTS MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL HEAD C2 CIRCUIT FUNCTION C4 18TN LOW BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER C6 16LB M2 BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER Z1 12BK GROUND C5 16LG M1 BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER C7 12BK/TN HIGH BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER MEMORY HEATED SEAT/MIRROR MODULE C1 CIRCUIT FUNCTION P69 20WT/RD...
Page 616: Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module C2
CONNECTOR PINOUTS MEMORY HEATED SEAT/MIRROR MODULE C2 CIRCUIT FUNCTION P139 20VT/WT DRIVER SEAT HIGH HEAT LED DRIVER P140 20VT/BK PASSENGER SEAT HIGH HEAT LED DRIVER P73 20YL/PK DRIVER MIRROR COMMON DRIVER-RIGHT/DOWN P75 20BK/WT DRIVER MIRROR LEFT DRIVER P71 20YL DRIVER MIRROR UP DRIVER P29 20BR/WT SEAT SENSOR 5VOLT SUPPLY P161 20GY/LB...
Page 617: Mode Door Actuator
CONNECTOR PINOUTS MODE DOOR ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FUNCTION C35 22DG/YL MODE DOOR DRIVER C57 22DB/GY SENSOR GROUND C37 22YL/WT MODE DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL C26 22PK/DB 5VOLT SUPPLY C34 22BR/WT COMMON DOOR DRIVER OVERHEAD TRAVEL INFORMATION SYSTEM (PREMIUM) CIRCUIT FUNCTION G5 20BK/DB FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) Z2 20BK/LG GROUND...
Page 618: Passenger Heated Seat Back
CONNECTOR PINOUTS PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BACK CIRCUIT FUNCTION P88 16BR/BK HEATED SEAT DRIVER Z1 20BK GROUND PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BACK (SEAT BACK SIDE) CIRCUIT FUNCTION HEATED SEAT DRIVER GROUND PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION CIRCUIT FUNCTION P130 16RD/TN PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER P88 16BR/BK HEATED SEAT DRIVER P142 20TN/DB...
Page 619: Passenger Heated Seat Switch
CONNECTOR PINOUTS PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION P138 20VT/LG PASSENGER SEAT LOW HEAT LED DRIVER Z1 20BK GROUND G5 20DB/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) P140 20VT/BK PASSENGER SEAT HIGH HEAT LED DRIVER P134 20TN/LG PASSENGER SEAT HEATER MUX SWITCH PASSENGER POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION...
Page 620: Power Amplifier C2
CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWER AMPLIFIER C2 CIRCUIT FUNCTION F62 16RD/WT FUSED B(+) Z2 16BK/LG GROUND X60 20DG/RD RADIO 12V OUTPUT X54 18VT RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+) X53 18DG LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+) X52 18DB/WT RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+) X51 18BR/YL LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+) Z1 18BK (PREMIUM I AU- GROUND DIO)
Page 621 CONNECTOR PINOUTS...
Page 622: A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
CONNECTOR PINOUTS A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION F18 20LG/BK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) A17 12RD/BR FUSED B(+) C28 20DB/OR A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL C2 14DB/BK A/C CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z12 16BK/TN GROUND F12 20DB/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) F11 20RD/WT...
Page 623: Powertrain Control Module C2
CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 CIRCUIT FUNCTION K96 16TN/LB COIL CONTROL NO. 6 K95 16TN/DG COIL CONTROL NO. 5 K94 16TN/LG COIL CONTROL NO. 4 K58 18BR/DB INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 6 K38 18GY INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 5 K93 16 TN/OR COIL CONTROL NO.
Page 624: Powertrain Control Module C3
CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 CIRCUIT FUNCTION K51 20DB/YL ASD RELAY CONTROL C27 20DB/PK HIGH SPEED RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL V35 20LG/RD S/C VENT CONTROL C24 20DB/PK LOW RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL V32 20YL/RD S/C SUPPLY K106 18WT/DG NVLD SOLENOID CONTROL K199 18BR/VT O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL K399 18BR/GY...
Page 625: Powertrain Control Module C4
CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C4 CIRCUIT FUNCTION T60 16BR OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL T59 16PK UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL T19 16WT 2-4 SOLENOID CONTROL T20 16LB LOW/REVERSE SOLENOID CONTROL Z14 16BK/YL GROUND Z13 16BK/RD GROUND Z13 16BK/RD GROUND T1 20LG/BK TRS T1 SENSE T3 20VT TRS T3 SENSE T15 20LG...
Page 626: Radio C1 (Except Base)
CONNECTOR PINOUTS RADIO C1 (EXCEPT BASE) CIRCUIT FUNCTION X12 20RD FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) E2 20OR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER X54 18VT RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+) X56 18DB/RD RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-) X55 18BR/RD LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-) X53 18DG LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+) Z1 18BK GROUND...
Page 627: Rear Window Defogger Relay
CONNECTOR PINOUTS REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION C15 10BK/WT REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT A4 10BK/PK FUSED B(+) C80 20DB/WT REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL A4 10BK/PK FUSED B(+) REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER/ANTENNA MODULE CIRCUIT FUNCTION X60 20DG/RD RADIO 12V OUTPUT C15 10BK/WT REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR...
Page 628: Right Horn
CONNECTOR PINOUTS RIGHT HORN CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z1 18BK GROUND X2 18DG/RD HORN RELAY OUTPUT RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION G74 20TN/RD DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE Z1 20BK GROUND P34 16PK/BK UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT P33 16OR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER CIRCUIT FUNCTION...
Page 629: Right Seat Airbag Squib
CONNECTOR PINOUTS RIGHT SEAT AIRBAG SQUIB CIRCUIT FUNCTION R32 20LB/OR RIGHT SEAT SQUIB 1 LINE 1 R34 20LB/WT RIGHT SEAT SQUIB 1 LINE 2 RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - YELLOW 6 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION F14 20LG/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) D25 20VT/YL PCI BUS R32 20LB/OR...
Page 630: Satellite Radio Multiplexer C2 (Premium)
CONNECTOR PINOUTS SATELLITE RADIO MULTIPLEXER C2 (PREMIUM) CIRCUIT FUNCTION X40 22GY/WT AUDIO OUT RIGHT Z4 22WT/BK GROUND C235 WT/LB MULTIPLEXER-COMPACT DISC SHIELD D25 22VT/YL PCI BUS (COMPACT DISC) X112 22RD FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) X41 22DG/WT AUDIO OUT LEFT Z140 22BK/OR GROUND E14 22OR/TN...
Page 631: Sun Sensor/Vtss Led
CONNECTOR PINOUTS SUN SENSOR/VTSS LED CIRCUIT FUNCTION M1 20PK FUSED B(+) G69 22BK/OR VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER C57 20DB/GY SENSOR GROUND C38 20DB SUN SENSOR SIGNAL TRUNK KNOCK OUT SWITCH CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z1 20BK GROUND G71 20VT/YL DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH SENSE WASHER FLUID LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT FUNCTION...
Page 632 NOTES...
Page 633: Schematic Diagrams
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.1 AIRBAG SYSTEMS...
Page 634: Audio System - Midline
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.2 AUDIO SYSTEM - MIDLINE...
Page 635: Audio System - Premium Infinity I
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.3 AUDIO SYSTEM - PREMIUM INFINITY I...
Page 636: Audio System - Premium 2 Infinity Ii
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.3 AUDIO SYSTEM - PREMIUM 2 INFINITY II...
Page 637: Cd Changer
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.3.1 CD CHANGER 10.3.2 REMOTE RADIO SWITCHES...
Page 638: Chime Warning System
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.4 CHIME WARNING SYSTEM...
Page 639: Climate Control - Automatic Temperature Control
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.5 CLIMATE CONTROL - AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL...
Page 640: Climate Control - Manual Temperature Control
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.5 CLIMATE CONTROL - MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL...
Page 641: Communications
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.6 COMMUNICATIONS...
Page 642: Pcm Communication
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.6.1 PCM COMMUNICATION 10.7 DOOR AJAR...
Page 643: Exterior Lighting
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.8 EXTERIOR LIGHTING...
Page 644: Instrument Cluster
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.9 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER...
Page 645: Interior Lighting
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.10 INTERIOR LIGHTING...
Page 646: Memory System
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.11 MEMORY SYSTEM...
Page 647: Otis
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.12 OTIS...
Page 648: Power Door Locks/Rke
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.13 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE 10.13.1 DOOR LOCKS...
Page 649: Decklid Release
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.13.2 DECKLID RELEASE 10.14 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER...
Page 650: Speed Proportional Steering
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.15 SPEED PROPORTIONAL STEERING 10.16 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM...
Page 651: Wiper System
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.17 WIPER SYSTEM...
Page 652 NOTES...
Page 653 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ............1 SYSTEM COVERAGE .
Page 654 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE ........23 DRIVEABILITY - NGC INTERMITTENT CONDITION.
Page 655 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued P0155-O2 SENSOR 2/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE ......109 P0161-O2 SENSOR 2/2 HEATER PERFORMANCE ......109 P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN .
Page 656 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE ..... .210 P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PERFORMANCE....... . .211 P0507-IDLE SPEED HIGH PERFORMANCE .
Page 657 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *CHECKING THE A/C RELAY OUTPUT ........294 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER ANTENNA FAILURE .
Page 658 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY ....... .337 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY .
Page 659 GENERAL INFORMATION An * placed before the symptom description indi- NOTE: cates a customer complaint. The 2004 LH is a combined Powertrain When repairs are required, refer to the appropri- Control Module and Transmission Control ate service information for the proper removal and Module in a single control module.
Page 660 GENERAL INFORMATION even though a malfunction has occurred. This may 3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND happen because one of the trouble code criteria have FUNCTIONAL OPERATION not been met. The PCM compares input signal voltages from each input device with specifications (the estab- 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION lished high and low limits of the range) that are programmed into it for that device.
Page 661 GENERAL INFORMATION OBD II/EURO STAGE III OBD MONITOR INFORMATION Comprehensive Major Monitors Major Monitors Components Non Fuel Control Fuel Control Monitor & Non Misfire & Misfire Run constantly Run Once Per Trip Run Constantly Includes All Engine Hardware Monitors Entire Emission Monitors Entire System - Sensors, Switches, System...
Page 662 For additional information, refer to the Chrysler the CARB Readiness Status in the least time pos- Corporation Technical Training Workbook titled On sible.
Page 663 GENERAL INFORMATION C. EGR Monitor shifted up by a 2.5 volt offset. This 2.5 volt supply is being delivered through the sensor return line. The EGR monitor now runs in a closed throttle decel or at idle on a warm vehicle. However, it is NATURAL VACUUM LEAK DETECTION (NVLD) necessary to maintain the TPS, Map and RPM The Natural Vacuum Leak Detection (NVLD)
Page 664 GENERAL INFORMATION check valve that protects the system from failed is started, the switch closure is recorded as a Pass, nozzle liquid ingestion, in order to detect cap off and the timers that are recording accumulated time conditions. are reset. The normally closed valve in the NVLD is in- This diagnostic test can take at least a week to tended to maintain the seal on the evaporative...
Page 665 GENERAL INFORMATION • Engine temperature at startup within 10 °F of • Turn purge off and determine how long it takes to the ambient temperature decay the tank vacuum and reopen the switch. Determine the leak size from the time it took to •...
Page 666 GENERAL INFORMATION FIGURE 2...
Page 667 GENERAL INFORMATION 3.2.4 PCM OPERATING MODES sult in starting and driveability problems. See indi- vidual symptoms and their definitions in Section As input signals to the PCM change, the PCM 6.0 (Glossary of Terms). adjusts its response to output devices. For example, PCM Grounds −...
Page 668 GENERAL INFORMATION 3.2.8 SKIS OPERATION – to alert the vehicle operator to a SKIS mal- function When ignition power is supplied to the SKIM, the – customer key programming mode SKIM performs an internal self-test. After the self- test is completed, the SKIM energizes the antenna For all faults except transponder faults and VTSS (this activates the transponder chip) and sends a LED remains on steady.
Page 669 GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE: If three attempts are made to enter 3. Select PROGRAM IGNITION KEYS. the secure access mode using an incorrect 4. Enter secured access mode by entering the vehi- PIN, secured access mode will be locked out cle four-digit PIN. for one hour.
Page 670 GENERAL INFORMATION pre-test screens will help with this for MONITOR 3. If the distance count is being held due to (Item 2.) and the fault is cleared, the distance is DTC’s), this is called a TRIP. All OBDII/Euro Stage III OBD DTCs will be set after one or in some cases cleared (set to zero).
Page 671 GENERAL INFORMATION connector cavity 16). A minimum of 11 volts is important to block the wheels on front-wheel drive required to adequately power the DRBIII . vehicles; the parking brake does not hold the drive If all connections are proper between the wheels.
Page 672 GENERAL INFORMATION CAUTION: Before road testing a vehicle, be FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT sure that all components are reassembled. Volts 0 - 500 peak volts AC During the test drive, do not try to read the 0 - 500 volts DC DRBIII screen while in motion.
Page 673 GENERAL INFORMATION 6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS leak detection pump manifold absolute pressure sensor anti-lock brake system malfunction indicator lamp backfire, fuel ignites in either the intake or popback the exhaust system manifold tuning valve crank position sensor next generation controller camshaft position sensor oxygen sensor cuts out,...
Page 674 NOTES...
Page 675 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES...
Page 676 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM PCI NO RESPONSE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 677 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB read the Powertrain DTC’s. This is to ensure power and grounds to the PCM are operational. NOTE: If the DRB will not read PCM DTC’s, follow the NO RESPONSE TO PCM (PCM SCI only) symptom path.
Page 678 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 679 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between the PCM SCI Transmit circuit and the PCM SCI Receive circuit at the Data Link harness connector (cavs 7 and 12).
Page 680 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 681 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) HIGH VOLTAGE ON THE PCI BUS CIRCUITS AT THE BCM CONNECTORS MODULE (PCI BUS SHORT TO VOLTAGE) PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE LOW RESISTANCE TO GROUND ON THE PCI BUS CIRCUITS AT THE BCM CONNECTORS MODULE (PCI BUS SHORT TO GROUND) PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 682 COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. Disconnect the DRB from the Data Link Connector (DLC). Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the Data Link Connector (DLC) and the BCM C1 connector.
Page 683 COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before begin- ning. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Disconnect the BCM harness connectors and remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.
Page 684 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: INTERMITTENT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. The following list may help in identifying the intermittent condition. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 685 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT When Monitored: Engine cranking and Engine running Set Condition: Powertrain Control Module detects an error when the camshaft position is out of phase with the crankshaft position. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION CHECKING INTERMITTENT CMP SIGNAL WITH LAB...
Page 686 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K44) CMP Signal circuit at the CMP harness connector. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 687 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K24) CKP Signal circuit at the CKP harness connector. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 688 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The conditions that set this DTC are not present at this time. The following test may help in identifying the intermittent condition. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 689 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0030-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT P0036-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER CIRCUIT P0050-O2 SENSOR 2/1 HEATER CIRCUIT P0056-O2 SENSOR 2/2 HEATER CIRCUIT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0030-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT.
Page 690 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0030-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero? Yes →...
Page 691 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0030-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance between engine ground and the O2 Heater ground circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 692 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW P0037-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW P0051-O2 SENSOR 2/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW P0057-O2 SENSOR 2/2 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW.
Page 693 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero? Yes →...
Page 694 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the O2 Heater Control circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Page 695 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH P0038-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH P0052-O2 SENSOR 2/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH P0058-O2 SENSOR 2/2 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH.
Page 696 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero? Yes →...
Page 697 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the O2 Heater Control circuit at the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Page 698 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELA- TION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK When Monitored and Set Condition: P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK When Monitored: Engine Running, during all drive modes. Set Condition: The relationship between the MAP and Throttle exceeds a predetermined value.
Page 699 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Diagnose any TP Sensor or MAP Sensor component DTCs before continuing. NOTE: If the P0501 - No Vehicle Speed Signal is set along with this DTC, refer to the P0501 diagnostics before continuing.
Page 700 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 701 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K22) TP Signal circuit in the TP Sensor harness connector.
Page 702 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit at the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Page 703 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 704 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0070-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR STUCK P0071-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0070-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR STUCK. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0070-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR STUCK When Monitored: Engine Running.
Page 705 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0070-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero? Yes →...
Page 706 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0070-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 707 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0070-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K25) AAT Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Page 708 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0072-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0072-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR LOW When Monitored: The ignition key on. Set Condition: Ambient Temperture Sensor is less than .0392 of a volt at the PCM. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 0.3 VOLTS AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE...
Page 709 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0072-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K25) AAT Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Page 710 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0073-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0073-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: The ignition key on. Set Condition: The Ambient Temperature Sensor voltage is greater than 4.94 volts. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.8 VOLTS (K25) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE...
Page 711 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0073-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the (K145) AAT Signal circuit and the (K167) Sensor ground circuit in the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 712 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0106-MAP SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0106-MAP SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored: With engine speed greater than 64 RPM idle and closed throttle. Set Condition: Too small of a difference is seen between barometric and MAP pressure with ignition on (engine running) and manifold vacuum for 2.80 seconds.
Page 713 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0106-MAP SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Page 714 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0106-MAP SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Page 715 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0106-MAP SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the MAP Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5 - NGC.
Page 716 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW When Monitored: Engine speed between 600 to 3500 RPM. TPS voltage less than 1.2 volts. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The MAP sensor signal voltage is less than 0.0782 of a volt for 1.7 seconds. One trip Fault.
Page 717 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Is the voltage above 1.2 volts? Yes →...
Page 718 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 719 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: Engine speed between 600 to 3500 RPM. TP sensor voltage less than 1.2 volts for greater than 1.7 seconds. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts Set Condition: The MAP sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.92 volts.
Page 720 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K1) MAP Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Page 721 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 722 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0110-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR STUCK P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0110-INTAKE AIR TEMPERA- TURE SENSOR STUCK. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0110-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR STUCK When Monitored: Engine Running.
Page 723 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0110-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero? Yes →...
Page 724 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0110-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAT Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 725 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor voltage is less than 0.0784 of a volt.
Page 726 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAT Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector.
Page 727 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor voltage at the PCM is greater than 4.98 volts.
Page 728 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAT harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the (K21) IAT Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the IAT harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 729 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine off time is greater than 480 minutes. Ambient temperature is greater than 4°C (39°F) 02 MY or -23°C (-10°F) 03 MY. Set Condition: After a calibrated amount of cool down time, the PCM compares the ECT Sensor, IAT Sensor and the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor values.
Page 730 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECT Sensor harness connector. NOTE: Visually inspect both the component and the PCM connectors. Look for damaged, partially broken wires, and backed out or corroded terminals. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 731 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECT harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 732 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0117-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0117-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor circuit voltage at the PCM is less than 0.0782 of a volt.
Page 733 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0117-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECT Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K2) ECT Sensor Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector.
Page 734 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0118-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0118-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor voltage at the PCM is greater than 4.9 volts.
Page 735 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0118-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECT harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the (K2) ECT Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the ECT harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 736 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE When Monitored: With the engine running and no MAP Sensor or TP Sensor DTC’s set. Set Condition: The PCM determines a valid range in which the TP Sensor should be, at a given RPM/Load.
Page 737 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Diagnose any TP Sensor or MAP Sensor component DTCs before continuing. NOTE: The throttle plate and linkage must be free from binding and carbon build up. NOTE: Ensure the throttle plate is at the idle position.
Page 738 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit at the TP Sensor harness connector.
Page 739 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 740 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. With the DRBIII , monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Ignition on, engine not running. Connect a jumper wire between the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit .
Page 741 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 742 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: Throttle Position Sensor voltage at the PCM is less than 0.0978 of a volt. One Trip Fault.
Page 743 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. With the DRBIII , monitor the TP Sensor voltage. Ignition on, engine not running. Is the voltage above 4.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 744 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 745 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: Throttle Position Sensor voltage at the PCM is greater than 4.47 volts. One Trip Fault.
Page 746 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K22) TP Signal circuit in the TP Sensor harness connector.
Page 747 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 748 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0125-INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMP FOR CLOSED-LOOP FUEL CONTROL When Monitored and Set Condition: P0125-INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMP FOR CLOSED-LOOP FUEL CONTROL When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, after engine is started. Set Condition: The engine temperature does not enable closed loop. Failure time depends on start-up coolant temperature and ambient temperature.
Page 749 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0125-INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMP FOR CLOSED-LOOP FUEL CON - TROL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak). Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read the ECT Deg value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Page 750 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY When Monitored and Set Condition: P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY When Monitored: The engine running. Set Condition: The PCM predicts a coolant temperature value that it will compare to the actual coolant temperature. If the two coolant temperature values are not within 10°C (18°F) of each other an error is detected.
Page 751 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If a Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) DTC is set along with this code, diagnose the ECT DTC first. NOTE: Inspect the ECT terminals and related PCM terminals. Ensure the terminals are free from corrosion and damage.
Page 752 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: MAKE SURE THE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM IS COOL BE- FORE REMOVING THE PRESSURE CAP OR ANY HOSE. SEVERE PER- SONAL INJURY MAY RESULT FROM ESCAPING HOT COOLANT. THE COOLING SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED WHEN HOT. Turn the ignition on.
Page 753 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the applicable Temperature Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read the Temperature Sensor voltage. Is the voltage above 4.6 volts? Yes →...
Page 754 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the applicable Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Signal circuit in the Temperature harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms? Yes →...
Page 755 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW When Monitored: With the ignition key on. No Cam or Crank signal within 75 ms. Engine speed at less than 250 RPM. Set Condition: The PCM senses the voltage from the MAP sensor to be less than 2.196 volts but above 0.0392 of a volt for 300 milliseconds.One Trip Fault.
Page 756 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Is the voltage above 2.2 volts? Yes →...
Page 757 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit at the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Page 758 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW P0137-O2 SENSOR 1/2 VOLTAGE LOW P0151-O2 SENSOR 2/1 VOLTAGE LOW P0157-O2 SENSOR 2/2 VOLTAGE LOW Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW.
Page 759 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO O2 RETURN CIRCUIT O2 SIGNAL SHORTED TO HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT PCM RETURN CIRCUIT PCM SIGNAL CIRCUIT TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If one of the O2 Sensors Signal or Return circuits are shorted to ground, the DRBIII will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings low.
Page 760 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the O2 Return circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Page 761 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH P0138-O2 SENSOR 1/2 VOLTAGE HIGH P0152-O2 SENSOR 2/1 VOLTAGE HIGH P0158-O2 SENSOR 2/2 VOLTAGE HIGH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH.
Page 762 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES O2 SIGNAL OPEN PCM RETURN CIRCUIT PCM SIGNAL CIRCUIT TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If one of the O2 Sensors Signal or Return circuits are shorted to voltage, the DRBIII will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings high. NOTE: It is important to perform the diagnostics on the O2 Sensor that set the DTC.
Page 763 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 764 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE P0139-O2 SENSOR 1/2 SLOW RESPONSE P0153-O2 SENSOR 2/1 SLOW RESPONSE P0159-O2 SENSOR 2/2 SLOW RESPONSE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE.
Page 765 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES EXHAUST LEAK O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT O2 RETURN CIRCUIT O2 SENSOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If one of the O2 Sensors Signal or Return circuits are shorted to ground or voltage, all the other O2 Sensor voltage readings will be affected. NOTE: It is important to perform the diagnostics on the O2 Sensor that set the DTC.
Page 766 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the O2 Return circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 767 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE P0141-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER PERFORMANCE P0155-O2 SENSOR 2/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE P0161-O2 SENSOR 2/2 HEATER PERFORMANCE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE.
Page 768 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. Is the Good Trip Counter display and equal to zero? Yes →...
Page 769 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 770 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN P0174-FUEL SYSTEM 2/1 LEAN Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN When Monitored: With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above (-7°C)20°F, altitude below 8500 ft and fuel level greater than 15%.
Page 771 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Check for contaminates that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant. NOTE: Diagnose any Misfire DTC(s) first, if set along with the fuel system DTC.
Page 772 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read the TP Sensor voltage. While monitoring the DRBIII , slowly open and close the throttle. Does the voltage increase and decease smoothly? Yes →...
Page 773 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. With the DRBIII , monitor the O2 Sensor voltage. The O2 Sensor voltage should read 5.0 volts on the DRBIII with the connector disconnected.
Page 774 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Warning: The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Page 775 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH P0175-FUEL SYSTEM 2/1 RICH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH When Monitored: With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above (-7°C)20°F and altitude below 8500 ft.
Page 776 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Check for contaminates that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero? Yes →...
Page 777 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the hoses at the Evap Purge Solenoid. Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 inches of vacuum to the Evap Purge Solenoid vacuum source port on the component side. Did the Evap Purge Solenoid hold vacuum? Yes →...
Page 778 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from restrictions. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks.
Page 779 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the O2 Return circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 780 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1 P0202-FUEL INJECTOR #2 P0203-FUEL INJECTOR #3 P0204-FUEL INJECTOR #4 P0205-FUEL INJECTOR #5 P0206-FUEL INJECTOR #6 Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1 When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 10 volts.
Page 781 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1 — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO (F42) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FUEL INJECTOR INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data.
Page 782 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1 — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Injector harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 783 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE P0301-CYLINDER #1 MISFIRE P0302-CYLINDER #2 MISFIRE P0303-CYLINDER #3 MISFIRE P0304-CYLINDER #4 MISFIRE P0305-CYLINDER #5 MISFIRE P0306-CYLINDER #6 MISFIRE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE.
Page 784 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued P0305-CYLINDER #5 MISFIRE When Monitored: Any time the engine is running, and the Target Learning Coefficient has been successfully updated. Set Condition: When more than a 1.0% misfire rate is measured during two trips. P0306-CYLINDER #6 MISFIRE When Monitored: Any time the engine is running, and the Target Learning Coefficient has been successfully updated.
Page 785 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Read and record the FREEZE FRAME DATA. Select OBD II MONITORS. Read and record the MIS-FIRE SIMILAR CONDITIONS WINDOW DATA. With these screens, attempt to duplicate the condition(s) that has set this DTC. When the vehicle is operating in the SIMILAR CONDITIONS WINDOW, refer to the WHICH CYLINDER IS MISFIRING screen.
Page 786 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Spark Plug. Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions. - Cracks - Carbon Tracking - Foreign Material - Gap size out of specifications - Loose or broke electrode NOTE: Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface.
Page 787 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Warning: The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. CAUTION: After each actuation of the Fuel Injector, start the engine to clear the cylinder of fuel.
Page 788 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Injector harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 789 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the ASD Relay Output circuit at the Ignition Coil harness connector.
Page 790 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN. DO NOT PUT YOUR HANDS NEAR THE PULLEYS, BELTS OR FAN.
Page 791 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0315-NO CRANK SENSOR LEARNED When Monitored and Set Condition: P0315-NO CRANK SENSOR LEARNED When Monitored: Under closed throttle decel and A/C off. ECT above 75°C (167°F). Engine start time is greater than 50 seconds. Set Condition: One of the CKP sensor target windows has more than 2.86% variance from the reference.
Page 792 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0315-NO CRANK SENSOR LEARNED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Inspect the Tone Wheel/Flex Plate slots for damage, foreign material, or excessive movement. Were any problems found? Yes → Repair or replace the Tone Wheel/Flex Plate as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5 - NGC.
Page 793 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on and the engine running. Set Condition: The Knock Sensor circuit voltage falls below a minimum value at idle or deceleration.
Page 794 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Knock Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K42) KS Signal circuit at the Knock Sensor harness connector.
Page 795 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Replace the Knock Sensor. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , erase DTC. Attempt to operate the vehicle using the information noted in the Freeze Frame. With the DRBIII , read DTC’s.
Page 796 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored: Engine cranking. Set Condition: No CKP signal is present during engine cranking, and at least 8 camshaft position sensor signals have occurred. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING INTERMITTENT CMP SIGNAL WITH LAB INTERMITTENT CKP SIGNAL...
Page 797 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, back probe the (K44) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Signal circuit in the CMP harness connector. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 798 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CKP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 799 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CKP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Page 800 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CKP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Page 801 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored: Engine running or Cranking. Set Condition: When the failure counter reaches 20. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING INSPECTION...
Page 802 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read and record Freeze Frame Data specific to the CKP signal, ECT, RPM, Sync state, vehicle speed, etc.) Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K24) CKP Signal circuit at the Sensor harness connector.
Page 803 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: An intermittent glitch in the Camshaft Position Sensor can cause the P0339 to set. Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K44) CMP Signal circuit at the Sensor harness connector.
Page 804 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CKP Sensor connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K24) CKP Signal circuit. Wiggle the related wire harness while taking this measurement. Does the voltage ever increase above 5.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 805 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored: Engine cranking/running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: At least 5 seconds or 2.5 engine revolutions have elapsed with crankshaft position sensor signals present but no camshaft position sensor signal.
Page 806 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, back probe the (K24) CKP signal circuit in the CKP harness connector. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 807 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CMP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 808 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CMP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector.
Page 809 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CMP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector.
Page 810 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored: Engine running or Cranking. Set Condition: When the failure counter reaches 20. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING INSPECTION...
Page 811 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Visually inspect the related wire harness including the ground circuit. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Page 812 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Camshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5 - NGC. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CMP Sensor connector.
Page 813 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 814 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 CIRCUIT P0352-IGNITION COIL #2 CIRCUIT P0353-IGNITION COIL #3 CIRCUIT P0354-IGNITION COIL #4 CIRCUIT P0355-IGNITION COIL #5 CIRCUIT P0356-IGNITION COIL #6 CIRCUIT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 CIR- CUIT.
Page 815 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 CIRCUIT — Continued P0355-IGNITION COIL #5 CIRCUIT When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 11 volts. Engine running. Engine RPM less than 8160. No coil in dwell during test. Set Condition: Peak current is not achieved with battery based dwell plus 1.5 msec of diagnostic offset.
Page 816 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the coil on plug harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the ASD Relay Output circuit at the Coil on plug harness connector.
Page 817 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Remove the ASD Relay from the PDC. Measure the resistance of the ASD Relay Output circuit between the ASD Relay connector and the Ignition Coil harness connector.
Page 818 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0401 - EGR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0401 - EGR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE When Monitored: During engine decel, 26 to 4 MPH. Engine Coolant Temp greater than 70°C (158°F). Engine run time greater than 120 seconds. Set Condition: The PCM monitors engine roughness.
Page 819 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0401 - EGR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid Assembly harness connector. Start engine. Attempt to allow the engine to idle. Does the engine run rough or stall? Yes →...
Page 820 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0401 - EGR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the EGR Solenoid ground circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Does the 12-volt test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 821 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0403 - EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0403 - EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored: Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The EGR solenoid control circuit is not in the expected state when requested to operate by the PCM.
Page 822 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0403 - EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to the EGR Solenoid ground circuit, probe the EGR Solenoid Control circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector.
Page 823 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0403 - EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 824 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0404 - EGR POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0404 - EGR POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Set Condition: The EGR flow or valve movement is not what is expected. POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO HIGH RESISTANCE IN 5 VOLT SUPPLY EGR SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN EGR ASSEMBLY...
Page 825 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0404 - EGR POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 826 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0404 - EGR POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. The following list may help in identifying the intermittent condition. NOTE: Closely inspect the EGR tube(s) for obstructions, damage and holes. Also, inspect the gasket(s) for leaks.
Page 827 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0404 - EGR POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 828 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0405 - EGR POSITION SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0405 - EGR POSITION SENSOR LOW When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage above 10.0 volts. Set Condition: EGR Position Sensor Signal is less than 0.1026 of a volt. One trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES EGR POSITION SENSOR SWEEP INTERMITTENT CONDITION...
Page 829 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0405 - EGR POSITION SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Position harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the EGR Position Sensor Signal circuit at the EGR Position harness connector.
Page 830 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0405 - EGR POSITION SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 831 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0406 - EGR POSITION SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0406 - EGR POSITION SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: EGR position sensor signal is greater than 4.89. One trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES EGR POSITION SENSOR SWEEP INTERMITTENT CONDITION...
Page 832 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0406 - EGR POSITION SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the EGR Sensor Signal circuit in the EGR Position Sensor harness connector.
Page 833 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0406 - EGR POSITION SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 834 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0420-CATALYTIC 1/1 EFFICIENCY P0432-CATALYTIC 2/1 EFFICIENCY Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0420-CATALYTIC 1/1 EFFI- CIENCY. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0420-CATALYTIC 1/1 EFFICIENCY When Monitored: Engine Run time greater than 90 seconds.
Page 835 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0420-CATALYTIC 1/1 EFFICIENCY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: A new rear O2 Sensor along with an aging front O2 Sensor may cause the DTC to set. Review the repair history of the vehicle before continuing. NOTE: If an O2 Sensor or Fuel System Lean DTC(s) is set along with the Catalytic Converter Efficiency DTC, diagnose the O2 Sensor DTC(s) before continuing.
Page 836 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE When Monitored: Engine Running. Fuel Level greater than 12%. Ambient Temperature between 4°C and 32°C (39°F and 89°F) Set Condition: The PCM does not see the NVLD switch close during the medium/large leak test.
Page 837 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Perform a visual and physical inspection of the entire Evaporative Emission system. Check for the following conditions: - Hoses disconnected or left off - Holes or cracks - Loose seal points - Evidence of damaged components - Incorrect routing of hoses and tubes - Fuel Cap left off or bad gasket seal...
Page 838 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY To continue testing you will need Miller Tool #8404 Evaporative Emission Leak Detector (EELD). WARNING: Keep lit cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases. Keep the test area well ventilated.
Page 839 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: A thorough visual inspection of the Evap system hoses, tubes, and connections may save time in your diagnosis. Look for any physical damage or signs of wetness at connections. The strong smell of fuel vapors may aid diagnosis also.
Page 840 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the NVLD electrical harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (Z1) Ground circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Go To 10 →...
Page 841 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0441-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0441-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Cold start test. Engine Running. Small Leak Test Passed. Set Condition: The PCM activates the EVAP Purge solenoid gradually increases to maximum flow.
Page 842 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0441-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Carefully inspect the Evap Purge Solenoid vacuum supply hose for proper routing. Check for a pinched or plugged hose from the throttle body to the Purge Solenoid. Inspect the vacuum port at the throttle body for any damage or plugging.
Page 843 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK P0455-EVAP SYSTEM LARGE LEAK Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK When Monitored: Engine Running.
Page 844 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Since a hot vehicle can conceal a leak, it is best to perform this test at room temperature. NOTE: A loose gas cap could have caused this DTC to set. Make sure gas cap is tight and in good condition.
Page 845 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY To continue testing you will need Miller Tool #8404 Evaporative Emission Leak Detector (EELD). WARNING: Keep lighted cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases. Keep the test area well ventilated.
Page 846 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: A thorough visual inspection of the Evap system hoses, tubes, and connections may save time in your diagnosis. Look for any physical damage or signs of wetness at connections. The strong smell of fuel vapors may aid diagnosis also.
Page 847 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Reconnect all vacuum hose. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle. Using the DRBIII, perform the NVLD FORCED MONITOR TEST. Monitor the NVLD Switch state. NOTE: As the test runs, the NVLD Switch should go from an OPEN state to CLOSED.
Page 848 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored: The ignition on or engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The PCM will set a trouble code if the actual state of the solenoid does not match the intended state.
Page 849 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Evap Purge Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 850 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 851 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored: Immediately after engine start up. Set Condition: The PCM activates the NLVD Solenoid. If the PCM does not see the NVLD switch open, an error is detected.
Page 852 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: After disconnecting the Evap Purge Solenoid vacuum connections, inspect the lines and solenoid for any signs of contamination from the EVAP Canister. This may indicate a faulty rollover valve. Replace/repair as necessary.
Page 853 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K52) EVAP Purge Sol Control circuit at the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector.
Page 854 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0453-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0453-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored: Engine Running. Set Condition: If the PCM does not see the NVLD swtich close during test, an error is detected.
Page 855 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0453-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the NVLD electrical harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal circuit and (K106) NVLD Sol Control circuit in the NVLD electrical harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 856 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0456-EVAP SYSTEM SMALL LEAK When Monitored and Set Condition: P0456-EVAP SYSTEM SMALL LEAK When Monitored: Ignition off. Fuel Level less than 88%. Ambient Temperature between 4°C to 43°C (39°F to 109°F) Set Condition: Due to temperature changes a vacuum is created in the fuel tank and EVAP system.
Page 857 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0456-EVAP SYSTEM SMALL LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: A thorough visual inspection of the Evap system hoses, tubes, and connections may save time in your diagnosis. Look for any physical damage or signs of wetness at connections. The strong smell of fuel vapors may aid diagnosis also.
Page 858 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE When Monitored: TEST #1: With the ignition on, the fuel level is compared to the previous key down after a 20 second delay. TEST #2: The PCM monitor the fuel level at ignition on.
Page 859 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (G4) Fuel Level Signal circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms? Yes →...
Page 860 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 LOW P0463-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 HIGH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 LOW. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 LOW When Monitored: Ignition on and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.
Page 861 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0480-LOW SPEED FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0480-LOW SPEED FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: An open or shorted circuit is detected in the radiator fan relay control circuit.
Page 862 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0480-LOW SPEED FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Low Speed Radiator Fan Relay from the PDC. Measure the resistance of the Low Speed Radiator Fan Relay between the Fused Ignition Switch Output terminal and the Low Speed Rad Fan Relay Control terminal.
Page 863 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0481-HIGH SPEED FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0481-HIGH SPEED FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: An open or shorted circuit is detected in the radiator fan relay control circuit.
Page 864 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0481-HIGH SPEED FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the High Speed Radiator Fan Relay from the PDC. Measure the resistance of the High Speed Radiator Fan Relay between the Fused Ignition Switch Output terminal and the High Speed Rad Fan Relay Control terminal.
Page 865 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0498-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0498-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored: Engine Running. Set Condition: The PCM detects a short in the NVLD Canister vent solenoid circuits. One trip Fault.
Page 866 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0499-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0499-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored: Engine Running. Set Condition: The PCM detects an open in the NVLD Canister vent solenoid circuits. One trip Fault.
Page 867 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0499-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the NVLD Assembly harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (K106) NVLD Sol Control circuit in the NVLD Assembly harness connector.
Page 868 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine running. Transmission not in park or neutral. Brakes not applied. Engine run time greater than 10 seconds. Engine RPM above idle. Set Condition: The PCM does not see vehicle speed signal from the transmission control side of the PCM.
Page 869 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PERFORMANCE P0507-IDLE SPEED HIGH PERFORMANCE P0519-IDLE SPEED PERFORMANCE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PER- FORMANCE. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine Running.
Page 870 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero? Yes →...
Page 871 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored: Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The IAC sense circuit is less than 175 mA. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES IAC MOTOR OPERATION IAC MOTOR...
Page 872 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAC Motor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 873 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 874 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0509-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0509-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored: Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The IAC sense circuit is greater than 980 mA. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES IAC MOTOR OPERATION IAC MOTOR...
Page 875 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0509-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAC Motor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , actuate the ASD Relay. Measure the voltage of the (K60) IAC Signal circuit in the IAC Motor harness connector.
Page 876 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0513-INVALID SKIM KEY When Monitored and Set Condition: P0513-INVALID SKIM KEY When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The PCM detects an invalid SKIM key. POSSIBLE CAUSES INCORRECT VIN IN PCM INVALID SKIM KEY NOT PRESENT NO COMMUNICATION WITH SKIM NO VIN PROGRAMMED IN THE PCM SKIM TROUBLE CODES SET TEST...
Page 877 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0513-INVALID SKIM KEY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , display the VIN that is programmed in the PCM. Was the correct VIN programmed into the PCM? Yes → Go To 6 →...
Page 878 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored: The engine running. The A/C relay energized. Set Condition: The A/C pressure sensor signal voltage at the PCM goes below 0.58 volts for 2.6 seconds.
Page 879 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector. With the DRBIII , monitor the A/C Pressure Sensor voltage. Turn the ignition on. Is the voltage above 0.6 of a volt? Yes →...
Page 880 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 881 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: The engine running. The A/C relay energized. Set Condition: The A/C pressure sensor signal at the PCM goes above 4.92 volts. One trip Fault.
Page 882 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (C18) A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit at the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Page 883 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 884 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW When Monitored: Engine Running. RPM greater than 1152. Set Condition: The battery sensed voltage is 1 volt below the charging goal for 13.47 seconds. The PCM senses the battery voltage turns off the field driver and senses the battery voltage again.
Page 885 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN. DO NOT PUT YOUR HANDS NEAR THE PULLEYS, BELTS OR FAN. DO NOT WEAR LOOSE CLOTHING. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 886 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit in the Generator Field harness connector.
Page 887 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0563-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0563-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH When Monitored: The engine running. The engine speed greater than 380 RPM. Set Condition: Battery voltage is 1 volt greater than desired system voltage. One Trip Fault POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO...
Page 888 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0563-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the voltage on the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit at the Generator Field harness connector.
Page 889 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0579-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 PERFORMANCE POSSIBLE CAUSES SPEED CONTROL SWITCH STATUS SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES (V37) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND (V37) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (V37) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE (V37) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN (K4) SENSOR GROUND OPEN TEST...
Page 890 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0579-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Speed Control On/Off Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Speed Control Resume/Accel Switch harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the Speed Control harness connector.
Page 891 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0579-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The measurement must be taken from both Speed Control Switch harness connector. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Speed Control On/Off Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Speed Control Resume/Accel Switch harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Page 892 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0580-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0580-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 LOW When Monitored: With the ignition key on. Battery voltage above 10 volts. Set Condition: The PCM detects the Speed Control Switch Signal circuit voltage is less than 0.43.
Page 893 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0580-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Speed Control On/Off Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Speed Control Resume/Accel Switch harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 894 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0581-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0581-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition key on. Battery voltage above 10 volts. Set Condition: The PCM detects an open or short to voltage in the Speed Control Switch Signal circuit.
Page 895 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0581-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Speed Control On/Off Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Speed Control Resume/Accel Switch harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the voltage of the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit at the Speed Control harness connector.
Page 896 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0582-SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0582-SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored: Ignition on. Speed Control active. Set Condition: The PCM detects an open or short to voltage in the Speed Control Vacuum Control circuit.
Page 897 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0582-SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the S/C Servo harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 898 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0586-SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0586-SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored: Ignition on. Speed Control active. Set Condition: The PCM detects an open or short to voltage in the Speed Control Vent Control circuit.
Page 899 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0586-SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the S/C Servo harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 900 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition key on. The speed control switched on. Set Condition: The PCM detects a open or short in the Speed Control Power Supply circuit.
Page 901 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Disconnect the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 902 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (V32) Speed Control Power Supply circuit in the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector. NOTE: It is necessary to HOLD the Cruise Control Switch in the ON position to get an accurate reading.
Page 903 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0600-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK P0601-INTERNAL MEMORY CHECKSUM INVALID Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0600-SERIAL COMMUNICA- TION LINK. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0600-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Page 904 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0622-GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0622-GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Engine running. Set Condition: When the PCM tries to regulate the generator field with no result during monitoring.
Page 905 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0622-GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Using a 12-volt test connected to battery voltage, probe the (Z1) Gen Ground circuit in the Generator Field harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 906 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0627-FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0627-FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the fuel pump relay control circuit.
Page 907 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0627-FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 908 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0630-VIN NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored and Set Condition: P0630-VIN NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The VIN has not been programmed into the PCM. POSSIBLE CAUSES PROGRAMMING VIN INTO PCM VERIFY PCM PROGRAMMING TEST ACTION...
Page 909 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0632-ODOMETER NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored and Set Condition: P0632-ODOMETER NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The mileage has not been programmed into the PCM. POSSIBLE CAUSES PROGRAMMING MILEAGE INTO PCM VERIFY PCM PROGRAMMING TEST ACTION...
Page 910 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0633-SKIM KEY NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored and Set Condition: P0633-SKIM KEY NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The SKIM Key information has not been programmed into the PCM. POSSIBLE CAUSES PROGRAMMING SKIM KEY INTO PCM VERIFY PCM PROGRAMMING TEST...
Page 911 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. A/C Switch Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the A/C clutch relay control circuit.
Page 912 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the A/C Clutch Relay from the PDC. Measure the resistance of the A/C Clutch Relay between the Fused Ignition Switch Output terminal and the A/C Clutch Relay Control terminal. Is the resistance between 60 to 95 ohms? Yes →...
Page 913 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0660-MANIFOLD TUNE VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0660-MANIFOLD TUNE VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. ASD Relay energized. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The PCM senses the MTV is not at the desired state. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION MANIFOLD TUNE VALVE SOLENOID OPERATION...
Page 914 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0660-MANIFOLD TUNE VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Disconnect the MTV Solenoid harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the MTV Solenoid Control circuit in the MTV Solenoid harness connector.
Page 915 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0660-MANIFOLD TUNE VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. The following list may help in identifying the intermittent condition. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 916 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0685-ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0685-ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored: With ignition on. Battery voltage above 10 volts. Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the ASD relay control circuit. One trip Fault.
Page 917 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0685-ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the ASD Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 918 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored: With ignition key on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: No voltage sensed at the PCM when the ASD relay is energized. One Trip Fault.
Page 919 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the ASD Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 920 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the ASD Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 921 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0700-TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM/READ TRANSMISSION DTCS ON THE DRBIII TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY This is an informational DTC letting you know that a DTC(s) is stored in the Transmission Control Module. Erase this DTC from the PCM after all Transmission DTC(s) have been repaired. Using the DRBIII , read the Transmission Controller DTC and refer to the Transmission Category and perform the appropriate symptom.
Page 922 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0703-BRAKE SWITCH #2 CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0703-BRAKE SWITCH #2 CIRCUIT When Monitored: TEST #1: Vehicle speed greater than 20 MPH to enable. TEST #2: Speed must be 0 and brake switch indicates on. Set Condition: TEST #1: If vehicle speed goes to 0 MPH without brake input.
Page 923 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0703-BRAKE SWITCH #2 CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the (K29) Brake Switch Signal circuit in the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector.
Page 924 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0703-BRAKE SWITCH #2 CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit terminal and the Brake Switch Sense terminal in the Brake Lamp Switch. Apply and release the brake pedal while monitoring the ohmmeter.
Page 925 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0850-PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0850-PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Continuously with the transmission in Park, Neutral, or Drive and NOT in Limp-in mode. Set Condition: The PCM detects an incorrect Park/Neutral switch state for a given mode of vehicle operation.
Page 926 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P1115-GENERAL TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P1115-GENERAL TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine off time is greater than 480 minutes. Ambient temperature is greater than -23°C (-10°F). Set Condition: After a calibrated amount of cool down time, the PCM compares the ECT Sensor, IAT Sensor and the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor values.
Page 927 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1115-GENERAL TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read and record the AAT Sensor Temperature value Using the DRB Temperature Probe #CH7050, measure the ambient air temperature near the AAT sensor. Is the AAT Sensor value with -15°C (5°F) of the temperature probe reading? Yes →...
Page 928 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1115-GENERAL TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Visually inspect both the component and the PCM connectors. Look for damage, partially broken wires and backed out or corroded terminals Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the applicable Temperature Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 929 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1115-GENERAL TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the applicable Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 930 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P1602-PCM NOT PROGRAMMED When Monitored and Set Condition: P1602-PCM NOT PROGRAMMED When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The PCM has not been programmed. POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM NOT PROGRAMMED VERIFY PCM PROGRAMMING TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , erase DTCs.
Page 931 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P1603-PCM INTERNAL DUAL-PORT RAM COMMUNICATION P1604-PCM INTERNAL DUAL-PORT RAM READ/WRITE INTEG- RITY FAILURE P1607-PCM INTERNAL SHUTDOWN TIMER RATIONALITY Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P1603-PCM INTERNAL DUAL- PORT RAM COMMUNICATION.
Page 932 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P1681-NO FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: P1681-NO FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: No fuel level BUS messages received by the PCM for 20 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC RESET COMMUNICATE WITH BCM FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN FROM PCM TO BCM...
Page 933 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1681-NO FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. Disconnect the BCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 934 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGES When Monitored and Set Condition: P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGES When Monitored: Ignition on or Engine Running. Set Condition: No BUS messages are received from the SKIM for 20 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN FROM PCM TO SKIM LOSS OF SKIM COMMUNICATION SKIM/PCM...
Page 935 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGES — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Replace the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with the Service Infor- mation. Turn the ignition on. Display and erase all PCM and SKIM DTCs. Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the ignition key on for 90 seconds per cycle.
Page 936 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P1687-NO CLUSTER BUS MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: P1687-NO CLUSTER BUS MESSAGE When Monitored: Engine Running. Set Condition: No BUS messages received from the MIC (Instrument Cluster) for 20 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC RESET COMMUNICATE WITH CLUSTER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OPERATION TEST ACTION...
Page 937 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P1695-NO BODY BUS MESSAGES When Monitored and Set Condition: P1695-NO BODY BUS MESSAGES When Monitored: Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10.0 volts. Set Condition: No BUS messages recieved from the BCM for 20 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC RESET COMMUNICATE WITH BCM PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 938 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1695-NO BODY BUS MESSAGES — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector Disconnect the BCM harness connector. NOTE: Inspect the PCI Bus terminal at both the PCM connectors and the BCM connectors. Check for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS.
Page 939 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID P1697-EMR (SRI) MILEAGE NOT STORED Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID. When Monitored and Set Condition: P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID When Monitored: With the ignition on continuous.
Page 940 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , perform the SRI Memory Test a second time. NOTE: Retest the SRI Memory two more times. Does the DRBIII display Write Refused again? Yes → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 941 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P1698-NO TRANSMISSION BUS MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: P1698-NO TRANSMISSION BUS MESSAGE When Monitored: Equipped with automatic transmission. Engine Running Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: No bus messages received from the TCM for 20 seconds, two trips required.
Page 942 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1698-NO TRANSMISSION BUS MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Page 943 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P2008-SHORT RUNNER SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P2008-SHORT RUNNER SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored: The Engine running. ASD Relay is energized. Set Condition: The PCM senses the SRV is not at the desired state. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO SHORT RUNNER VALVE SOLENOID OPERATION...
Page 944 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2008-SHORT RUNNER SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the SRV Solenoid harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the ASD Relay Output circuit. With the DRBIII , actuate the SRV Solenoid.
Page 945 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION P2305-IGNITION COIL #2 SECONDARY CIRCUIT - INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION P2308-IGNITION COIL #3 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION P2311-IGNITION COIL #4 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION P2314-IGNITION COIL #5 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION P2317-IGNITION COIL #6 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
Page 946 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT ION - IZATION — Continued P2314-IGNITION COIL #5 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION When Monitored: Engine running. Set Condition: If PCM detects that the secondary ignition burn time is incorrect or not present an error is detected. One Trip Fault P2317-IGNITION COIL #6 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION When Monitored: Engine running.
Page 947 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT ION - IZATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Spark Plug. Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions. - Cracks - Carbon Tracking - Foreign Material - Gap size out of specifications - Loose or broke electrode NOTE: Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface.
Page 948 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW When Monitored: The engine running. The engine speed greater than 1157 RPM. Set Condition: The battery sensed voltage is 1 volt below the charging goal for 13.47 seconds.
Page 949 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN. DO NOT PUT YOUR HANDS NEAR THE PULLEYS, BELTS OR FAN. DO NOT WEAR LOOSE CLOTHING. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 950 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the voltage on the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit at the Generator Field harness connector.
Page 951 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: *CHECKING PCM POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS POSSIBLE CAUSES (A14) PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT (A41) PCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT (Z12) PCM GROUND CIRCUITS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The battery must be fully charged before continuing. Turn the ignition off.
Page 952 DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: *CHECKING THE A/C RELAY OUTPUT POSSIBLE CAUSES A/C CLUTCH RELAY OPERATION GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN A/C CLUTCH (A17) FUSED B+ CIRCUIT (C3) A/C CLUTCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT A/C CLUTCH RELAY TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure that the refrigerant system is properly charged. Refer to the appropriate Service Information.
Page 953 DRIVEABILITY - NGC *CHECKING THE A/C RELAY OUTPUT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C Clutch Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the A/C Clutch harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (C3) A/C Clutch Relay Output circuit between the PDC and the A/C Clutch harness connector.
Page 954 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER Symptom List: ANTENNA FAILURE COP FAILURE EEPROM FAILURE INTERNAL FAULT RAM FAILURE SERIAL LINK INTERNAL FAULT STACK OVERFLOW FAILURE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be ANTENNA FAILURE. When Monitored and Set Condition: ANTENNA FAILURE When Monitored: Every 250 milliseconds with the ignition on.
Page 955 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER ANTENNA FAILURE — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES SKIM INTERNAL DTC FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: This trouble code indicates an internal SKIM fault. With the DRBIII , read and record the SKIM DTCs and then erase the SKIM DTCs Perform 10 ignition key cycles, leaving the ignition key on for a minimum of 90 seconds per cycle.
Page 956 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER Symptom List: PCM STATUS FAILURE SERIAL LINK EXTERNAL FAULT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be PCM STATUS FAILURE. When Monitored and Set Condition: PCM STATUS FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Page 957 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER PCM STATUS FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and CCD/PCI Bus (whichever applicable) circuits. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Page 958 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER Symptom List: ROLLING CODE FAILURE VIN MISMATCH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be ROLLING CODE FAILURE. When Monitored and Set Condition: ROLLING CODE FAILURE When Monitored: At ignition on, after ignition on during any rolling code handshake that occurs with the PCM due to a SKIM or PCM reset.
Page 959 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER ROLLING CODE FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , select Engine system from the main menu. Display and record the Vehicle Identification Number. NOTE: Ensure that a VIN has been programmed into the PCM. If a VIN is not displayed, attempt to program the PCM with the correct vehicle VIN before continuing.
Page 960 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER Symptom List: TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE TRANSPONDER CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC) FAILURE TRANSPONDER ID MISMATCH TRANSPONDER RESPONSE MISMATCH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be TRANSPONDER COMMUNICA- TION FAILURE.
Page 961 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read and record the SKIM DTCs. With the DRBIII , erase the SKIM DTCs. NOTE: Perform the following test several times to ensure the DTC is current.
Page 962 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform SKIS VERIFICATION. Turn the ignition off. Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness.
Page 963 STARTING Symptom: *CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY POSSIBLE CAUSES FUEL PUMP RELAY FUEL PRESSURE OUT OF SPECS RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED FUEL PUMP MODULE FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM OPERATION FUEL PUMP RELAY FUSED B+ CIRCUIT (A141) FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (Z1) FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN/HIGH RESISTANCE FUEL PUMP MODULE TEST...
Page 964 STARTING *CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module.
Page 965 STARTING *CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1. Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Relay from the PDC. With a 12 volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fuel Pump Relay Fused B+ circuit at the PDC.
Page 966 STARTING Symptom: *CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE FUEL PUMP MODULE CHECKING FUEL LEAK DOWN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Warning: The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Page 967 STARTING Symptom: *CHECKING HARD START (FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM) POSSIBLE CAUSES RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE FUEL PUMP MODULE FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED FUEL INJECTOR(S) FUEL PUMP MODULE FUEL CONTAMINATION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off.
Page 968 STARTING *CHECKING HARD START (FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose,fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Page 969 STARTING Symptom: *ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START POSSIBLE CAUSES FUEL PUMP RELAY NO START PRE-TEST OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES FOR NO START POWERTRAIN FUSES OPEN FUEL PRESSURE OUT OF SPECS RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED FUEL PUMP MODULE FUEL PUMP RELAY FUSED B+ CIRCUIT FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN/HIGH RESISTANCE...
Page 970 STARTING *ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Check for any open fuses in the PDC or Fuse Block that may be related to the No Start condition. Are any of the fuses open? Yes → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors, repair as necessary.
Page 971 STARTING *ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Page 972 STARTING *ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the fuel pump module harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , actuate the ASD Fuel System test. Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fuel Pump Relay Output circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
Page 973 STARTING Symptom: *NO CRANK CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES REPAIR MECHANICAL CONDITION TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR BATTERY CIRCUIT RESISTANCE TOO HIGH IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN STARTER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN STARTER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT OPEN STARTER STARTER MOTOR RELAY STARTER RELAY...
Page 974 STARTING *NO CRANK CONDITION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Page 975 STARTING *NO CRANK CONDITION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Install a substitute a Relay in the of the Starter Motor Relay. Attempt to start the vehicle. Does the engine crank over? Yes → Replace the Starter Motor Relay. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
Page 976 STARTING Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM WITH A NO START CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT PCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT PCM GROUND CIRCUITS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The DRBIII and cable must be operating properly for the results of this test to be valid.
Page 977 STARTING Symptom: *START AND STALL CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING DTCS CHECKING SKIM DTCS FUEL PRESSURE OUT OF SPECS TP SENSOR SWEEP TP SENSOR VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 0.92 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE CLOSED ECT SENSOR OPERATION OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES FOR START & STALL RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED FUEL PUMP MODULE...
Page 978 STARTING *START AND STALL CONDITION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Install a fuel pressure gauge.
Page 979 STARTING *START AND STALL CONDITION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read TPS VOLTS. While monitoring the DRBIII , slowly open and close the Throttle. Is the voltage change smooth? Yes → Go To 7 →...
Page 980 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY 1. Disconnect all jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors. 2. NOTE: If the SKIM or PCM was replaced, refer to the service information for proper programming procedures. 3.
Page 981 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 APPLICABILITY 1. NOTE: After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verifi- cation Test must be performed. 2. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the SKIM.
Page 982 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 3 - NGC APPLICABILITY 1. NOTE: After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verifi- cation Test must be performed. 2. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the SKIM.
Page 983 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 4 - NGC APPLICABILITY 1. NOTE: After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verifi- cation Test must be performed. 2. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the SKIM.
Page 984 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5 APPLICABILITY 1. NOTE: After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verifi- cation Test must be performed. 2. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the SKIM.
Page 985 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5 - NGC APPLICABILITY 1. NOTE: After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verifi- cation Test must be performed. 2. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the SKIM.
Page 986 1. Reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors. 2. Obtain the vehicle’s unique Personal Identification Number (PIN) assigned to it’s original SKIM. This number can be obtained from the vehicle’s invoice or Chrysler’s Customer Center (1-800-992-1997). 3. NOTE: When entering the PIN, care should be taken because the SKIM will only allow 3 consecutive attempts to enter the correct PIN.
Page 987 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.1 POWERTRAIN AND SKIM CONTROL MODULES TYPICAL VIEW 8.2 CONTROL AND SOLENOIDS 2.7L IF EQUIPPED 3.5L IF EQUIPPED 2.7L 3.5L...
Page 988 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.2 CONTROL AND SOLENOIDS (Continued) TYPICAL VIEW 2.7L 2.7L 3.5L...
Page 989 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 8.4 SENSORS TYPICAL VIEW...
Page 990 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.4 SENSORS (Continued) 3.5L 2.7L 2.7L 3.5L 2.7L 3.5L...
Page 991 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 2.7L 3.5L...
Page 992 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.5 FUEL SYSTEM AND EVAP SYSTEM 8.6 SWITCHES...
Page 993 CONNECTOR PINOUTS 9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION C2 14DB/BK A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT Z1 14BK GROUND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K25 20VT/LG AAT SIGNAL K4 20BK/LB SENSOR GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE C4 - BLUE 16 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION...
Page 994 CONNECTOR PINOUTS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR - BLACK 3 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K6 20VT/WT 5 VOLT SUPPLY K4 20BK/LB SENSOR GROUND K44 20TN/YL CMP SIGNAL COIL ON PLUG NO. 1 - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION F42 16DG/LG FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT K91 16TN/RD COIL CONTROL NO.
Page 995 CONNECTOR PINOUTS COIL ON PLUG NO. 5 - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION F42 16DG/LG FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT K95 16TN/DG COIL CONTROL NO. 5 COIL ON PLUG NO. 6 - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION F42 16DG/LG FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT K96 16TN/LB COIL CONTROL NO.
Page 996 CONNECTOR PINOUTS ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K2 20TN/BK ECT SIGNAL K4 20BK/LB SENSOR GROUND ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH - LT. GREEN 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION G6 20GY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE EVAP/PURGE SOLENOID - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K52 18PK/BK...
Page 997 CONNECTOR PINOUTS FUEL INJECTOR NO. 3 - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K13 18YL/WT INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 3 F42 18DG/LG FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT FUEL INJECTOR NO. 4 - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K14 18LB/BR INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 4 F42 18DG/LG FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT FUEL INJECTOR NO.
Page 998 CONNECTOR PINOUTS GENERATOR - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z12 14BK/TN (2.7L) GROUND Z12 18BK/TN (3.5L) GROUND K20 18DG GEN FIELD CONTROL (+) IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K39 18GY/RD IAC MOTOR CONTROL K60 18YL/BK IAC RETURN INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT...
Page 999 CONNECTOR PINOUTS MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE (3.5L HIGH OUTPUT) - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z12 18BK/TN GROUND K36 18VT/RD MTV CONTROL NATURAL VACCUM LEAK DETECTION ASSEMBLY - BLACK 3 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z1 20BK GROUND K107 18OR NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL K106 18WT/DG NVLD SOLENOID CONTROL OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 RIGHT BANK UP - GRAY 4 WAY...
Page 1000 CONNECTOR PINOUTS OXYGEN SENSOR 2/1 LEFT BANK UP - GRAY 4 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z1 18BK GROUND K299 18BR/WT O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL K902 18BR/DG O2 RETURN (UP) K241 20LG/RD O2 2/1 SIGNAL OXYGEN SENSOR 2/2 LEFT BANK DOWN - BLACK 4 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z1 18BK...

This manual is also suitable for:

300m 2004 Intrepid 2004

Chrysler Concorde 2004 Service Manual

Table of Contents

Introduction

Airbag System

Chime System

Vehicle Communication

Safety

Warnings

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Verification Tests

Component Locations

Audio

Communication

Electrically Heated Systems

Power Door Locks

Connector Pinouts

Schematic Diagrams

Audio System - Midline

Audio System - Premium Infinity I

Audio System - Premium 2 Infinity II

Chime Warning System

Climate Control - Automatic Temperature Control

Climate Control - Manual Temperature Control

Communications

Exterior Lighting

Interior Lighting

Memory System

Otis

Power Door Locks/Rke

Speed Proportional Steering

Wiper System

Quick Links

Chapters

Related Manuals for Chrysler Concorde 2004

Summary of Contents for Chrysler Concorde 2004